blob: 0859dc759500b930c0a4e81669efa3f4b0cc7481 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02002277 * care of notifying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002280 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416/*
2417 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2418 * non-blank in the line.
2419 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2420 * the line.
2421 */
2422 int
2423inindent(extra)
2424 int extra;
2425{
2426 char_u *ptr;
2427 colnr_T col;
2428
2429 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2430 ++ptr;
2431 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2432 return TRUE;
2433 else
2434 return FALSE;
2435}
2436
2437/*
2438 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2439 */
2440 char_u *
2441skip_to_option_part(p)
2442 char_u *p;
2443{
2444 if (*p == ',')
2445 ++p;
2446 while (*p == ' ')
2447 ++p;
2448 return p;
2449}
2450
2451/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002452 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002453 *
2454 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2455 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002456 *
2457 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458 */
2459 void
2460changed()
2461{
2462#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2463 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2464 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2465 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2466 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2467 return;
2468 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2469#endif
2470
2471 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2472 {
2473 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2474
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002475 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2476 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002478
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2480 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2481 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2482#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2483 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2484#endif
2485 )
2486 {
2487 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2488
2489 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2490 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2491 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2492 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2493 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2494 {
2495 out_flush();
2496 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2497 wait_return(TRUE);
2498 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2499 }
2500 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002501 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502 }
2503 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504}
2505
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002506/*
2507 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2508 */
2509 void
2510changed_int()
2511{
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2514#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2515 check_status(curbuf);
2516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2517#endif
2518#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2520#endif
2521}
2522
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002523static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2524static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002525static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2526
2527/*
2528 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2529 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2530 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2531 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002532 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533 */
2534 void
2535changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2536 linenr_T lnum;
2537 colnr_T col;
2538{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002539 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002540 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541
2542#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2543 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2544 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2545 {
2546 win_T *wp;
2547 linenr_T wlnum;
2548
2549 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2550 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2551 {
2552 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2553 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2554 if (wlnum > 0)
2555 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2556 }
2557 }
2558#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559}
2560
2561 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002562changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2563 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564 linenr_T lnum;
2565{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567 {
2568 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002569 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2570 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2571 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2572 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002577 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2578 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2579 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2580 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581 }
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2586 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2587 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2588 */
2589 void
2590appended_lines(lnum, count)
2591 linenr_T lnum;
2592 long count;
2593{
2594 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2595}
2596
2597/*
2598 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2599 */
2600 void
2601appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2602 linenr_T lnum;
2603 long count;
2604{
2605 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2606 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002624 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2625 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626 */
2627 void
2628deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2629 linenr_T lnum;
2630 long count;
2631{
2632 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2633 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2634}
2635
2636/*
2637 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2638 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2639 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2640 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2641 * - invalidate cached values
2642 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2643 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2644 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2645 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002646 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647 */
2648 void
2649changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2650 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2651 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2652 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2653 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2654{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002655 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2656
2657#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2658 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2659 {
2660 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2661 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2662 * displaying. */
2663 win_T *wp;
2664 linenr_T wlnum;
2665
2666 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2667 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2668 {
2669 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2670 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2671 if (wlnum > 0)
2672 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2673 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2674 }
2675 }
2676#endif
2677
2678 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2679}
2680
2681 static void
2682changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2683 buf_T *buf;
2684 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2685 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2686 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2687{
2688 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689 {
2690 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2692 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2693 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694 {
2695 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002696 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2697 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2698 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002700 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2701 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2702 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002703 }
2704 else
2705 {
2706 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002707 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2708 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2709 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2710 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712}
2713
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002714/*
2715 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2716 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2717 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2718 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719 static void
2720changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2721 linenr_T lnum;
2722 colnr_T col;
2723 linenr_T lnume;
2724 long xtra;
2725{
2726 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002727#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2728 tabpage_T *tp;
2729#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730 int i;
2731#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2732 int cols;
2733 pos_T *p;
2734 int add;
2735#endif
2736
2737 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2738 changed();
2739
2740 /* set the '. mark */
2741 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2742 {
2743 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2744 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2745
2746#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2747 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2748 * don't have an entry yet. */
2749 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2750 {
2751 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2752 add = TRUE;
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2756 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2757 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2758 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2759 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2760 add = TRUE;
2761 else
2762 {
2763 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2764 if (cols == 0)
2765 cols = 79;
2766 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2767 }
2768 }
2769 if (add)
2770 {
2771 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2772 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2773 * position in the changelist. */
2774 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2775
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2777 {
2778 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2779 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2780 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2781 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002782 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783 {
2784 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2785 * this buffer. */
2786 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2787 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2788 }
2789 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002790 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791 {
2792 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2793 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2794 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2795 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2796 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2797 }
2798 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2799 }
2800 }
2801 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2802 curbuf->b_last_change;
2803 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2804 * takes you back to it. */
2805 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2806#endif
2807 }
2808
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002809 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810 {
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2812 {
2813 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2814 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2815 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2816
2817 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2818 * values for the cursor. */
2819#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2820 /*
2821 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2822 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2823 */
2824 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2825
2826 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2827 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2828 * might be displayed differently.
2829 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2830 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2831 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2833 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2834 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2835 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2836 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2837
2838 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2839 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2840 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2841 {
2842 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2843 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2844 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2845 }
2846#endif
2847
2848 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2849 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2850 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2851 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2852 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2853 {
2854 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2855 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2856 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2860 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2861 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2862 * after the change. */
2863 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2864 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2865 {
2866 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2867 {
2868 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2869 {
2870 /* line included in change */
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2872 }
2873 else if (xtra != 0)
2874 {
2875 /* line below change */
2876 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2877#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2878 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2879#endif
2880 }
2881 }
2882#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2883 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2884 {
2885 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2886 * may need to be redrawn */
2887 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2888 }
2889#endif
2890 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002891
2892#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2893 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2894 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2895 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2896 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2897#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2902 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2903 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2904 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002905
2906#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2907 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002908 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2909 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002910 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2911#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912}
2913
2914/*
2915 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2916 */
2917 void
2918unchanged(buf, ff)
2919 buf_T *buf;
2920 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2921{
2922 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2923 {
2924 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002925 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926 if (ff)
2927 save_file_ff(buf);
2928#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2929 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002930 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931#endif
2932#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2933 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2934#endif
2935 }
2936 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2938 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2939#endif
2940}
2941
2942#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2943/*
2944 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2945 * need to be updated
2946 */
2947 void
2948check_status(buf)
2949 buf_T *buf;
2950{
2951 win_T *wp;
2952
2953 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2954 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2955 {
2956 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2957 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2958 must_redraw = VALID;
2959 }
2960}
2961#endif
2962
2963/*
2964 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2965 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2966 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002967 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002969 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002970 */
2971 void
2972change_warning(col)
2973 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2974 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2975{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002976 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2979 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2980#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2981 && !autocmd_busy
2982#endif
2983 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2984 {
2985#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002986 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002988 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2990 return;
2991#endif
2992 /*
2993 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2994 * be after the mode message.
2995 */
2996 msg_start();
2997 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2998 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002999 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003000 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3001#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3002 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3003#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003004 msg_clr_eos();
3005 (void)msg_end();
3006 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3007 {
3008 out_flush();
3009 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3010 }
3011 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3012 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3013 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3014 showmode();
3015 }
3016}
3017
3018/*
3019 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3020 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3021 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3022 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3023 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3024 *
3025 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3026 */
3027 int
3028ask_yesno(str, direct)
3029 char_u *str;
3030 int direct;
3031{
3032 int r = ' ';
3033 int save_State = State;
3034
3035 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3036 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3037 ++no_wait_return;
3038#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3039 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3040#endif
3041 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3042#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3043 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3044#endif
3045 ++no_mapping;
3046 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3047
3048 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3049 {
3050 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3051 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3052 if (direct)
3053 r = get_keystroke();
3054 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003055 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3057 r = 'n';
3058 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3059 out_flush();
3060 }
3061 --no_wait_return;
3062 State = save_State;
3063#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3064 setmouse();
3065#endif
3066 --no_mapping;
3067 --allow_keys;
3068
3069 return r;
3070}
3071
3072/*
3073 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3074 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3075 * button (used at the more prompt).
3076 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3077 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3078 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3079 */
3080 int
3081get_keystroke()
3082{
3083#define CBUFLEN 151
3084 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3085 int len = 0;
3086 int n;
3087 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003088 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003089
3090 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3091 for (;;)
3092 {
3093 cursor_on();
3094 out_flush();
3095
3096 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3097 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3098 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3099 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3100 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3101 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3102 if (n > 0)
3103 {
3104 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3105 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3106 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003107 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003108 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003109 else if (len > 0)
3110 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003112 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3113 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3114 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003116
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003117 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3118 if (n > 0)
3119 len = n;
3120 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3121 continue;
3122
3123 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3124 n = buf[0];
3125 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3126 {
3127 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3128 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3129 || n == K_IGNORE
3130#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3131 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3132 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3133 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3134 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3135 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3136 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3137 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3138 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3139 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3140 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3141 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3142 || n == K_MOUSEUP
Bram Moolenaar8d9b40e2010-07-25 15:49:07 +02003143 || n == K_MOUSELEFT
3144 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003145 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3146 || n == K_X1DRAG
3147 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3148 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3149 || n == K_X2DRAG
3150 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3151# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3152 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3153 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3154# endif
3155#endif
3156 )
3157 {
3158 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3159 mod_mask = buf[2];
3160 len -= 3;
3161 if (len > 0)
3162 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3163 continue;
3164 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003165 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003166 }
3167#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3168 if (has_mbyte)
3169 {
3170 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3171 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3172 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3173 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3174 }
3175#endif
3176#ifdef UNIX
3177 if (n == intr_char)
3178 n = ESC;
3179#endif
3180 break;
3181 }
3182
3183 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3184 return n;
3185}
3186
3187/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003188 * Get a number from the user.
3189 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003190 */
3191 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003192get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3193 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3194 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003195{
3196 int n = 0;
3197 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003198 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003200 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3201 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3202
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003203 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3204 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3205 if (msg_silent != 0)
3206 return 0;
3207
3208#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3209 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3210#endif
3211 ++no_mapping;
3212 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3213 for (;;)
3214 {
3215 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3216 c = safe_vgetc();
3217 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3218 {
3219 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3220 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003221 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003222 }
3223 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3224 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003225 if (typed > 0)
3226 {
3227 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3228 --typed;
3229 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003230 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003231 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003232#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3233 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3234 {
3235 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3236 n = mouse_row + 1;
3237 break;
3238 }
3239#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003240 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3241 {
3242 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3243 if (!exmode_active)
3244 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3245 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3246 do_redraw = FALSE;
3247 break;
3248 }
3249 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3250 break;
3251 }
3252 --no_mapping;
3253 --allow_keys;
3254 return n;
3255}
3256
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003257/*
3258 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003259 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3260 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003261 */
3262 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003263prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3264 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003265{
3266 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003267 int save_cmdline_row;
3268 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003269
3270 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003271 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003272 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003273 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003274 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003275
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003276 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3277 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003278 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003279 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003280 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003281 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003282
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003283 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3284 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003285 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003286 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3287 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003288 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3289 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3290 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003291 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003292 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003293 else
3294 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3295 State = save_State;
3296
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003297 return i;
3298}
3299
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003300 void
3301msgmore(n)
3302 long n;
3303{
3304 long pn;
3305
3306 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003307 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3308 return;
3309
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003310 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3311 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3312 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3313 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3314 return;
3315
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316 if (n > 0)
3317 pn = n;
3318 else
3319 pn = -n;
3320
3321 if (pn > p_report)
3322 {
3323 if (pn == 1)
3324 {
3325 if (n > 0)
3326 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3327 else
3328 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3329 }
3330 else
3331 {
3332 if (n > 0)
3333 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3334 else
3335 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3336 }
3337 if (got_int)
3338 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3339 if (msg(msg_buf))
3340 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003341 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003342 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003343 }
3344 }
3345}
3346
3347/*
3348 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3349 */
3350 void
3351beep_flush()
3352{
3353 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3354 {
3355 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3356 vim_beep();
3357 }
3358}
3359
3360/*
3361 * give a warning for an error
3362 */
3363 void
3364vim_beep()
3365{
3366 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3367 {
3368 if (p_vb
3369#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3370 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3371 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3372 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3373#endif
3374 )
3375 {
3376 out_str(T_VB);
3377 }
3378 else
3379 {
3380#ifdef MSDOS
3381 /*
3382 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3383 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3384 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3385 */
3386 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3387 {
3388 out_char(BELL);
3389 beep_count = 1;
3390 }
3391 else
3392 ++beep_count;
3393#else
3394 out_char(BELL);
3395#endif
3396 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003397
3398 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3399 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3400 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3401 {
3402 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3403 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3404 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003405 }
3406}
3407
3408/*
3409 * To get the "real" home directory:
3410 * - get value of $HOME
3411 * For Unix:
3412 * - go to that directory
3413 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3414 * This also works with mounts and links.
3415 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3416 */
3417static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3418
3419 void
3420init_homedir()
3421{
3422 char_u *var;
3423
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003424 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3425 vim_free(homedir);
3426 homedir = NULL;
3427
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428#ifdef VMS
3429 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3430#else
3431 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3432#endif
3433
3434 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3435 var = NULL;
3436
3437#ifdef WIN3264
3438 /*
3439 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3440 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3441 * when $HOME is being set.
3442 */
3443 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3444 {
3445 char_u *p;
3446 char_u *exp;
3447
3448 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3449 if (p != NULL)
3450 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003451 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003452 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3453 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3454 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3455 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003456 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003457 var = NameBuff;
3458 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3459 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3460 }
3461 }
3462 }
3463
3464 /*
3465 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3466 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3467 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3468 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3469 */
3470 if (var == NULL)
3471 {
3472 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3473
3474 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3475 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003476 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3477 homepath = "\\";
3478 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003479 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3480 {
3481 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3482 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3483 {
3484 var = NameBuff;
3485 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3486 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3487 }
3488 }
3489 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003490
3491# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3492 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3493 {
3494 int len;
3495 char_u *pp;
3496
3497 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3498 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003499 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003500 if (pp != NULL)
3501 {
3502 homedir = pp;
3503 return;
3504 }
3505 }
3506# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003507#endif
3508
3509#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3510 /*
3511 * Default home dir is C:/
3512 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3513 */
3514 if (var == NULL)
3515 var = "C:/";
3516#endif
3517 if (var != NULL)
3518 {
3519#ifdef UNIX
3520 /*
3521 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3522 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3523 */
3524 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3525 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3526 {
3527 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3528 var = IObuff;
3529 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3530 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3531 }
3532#endif
3533 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3534 }
3535}
3536
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003537#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3538 void
3539free_homedir()
3540{
3541 vim_free(homedir);
3542}
3543#endif
3544
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003545/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003546 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3547 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3548 * again soon.
3549 */
3550 char_u *
3551expand_env_save(src)
3552 char_u *src;
3553{
3554 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3555}
3556
3557/*
3558 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3559 * expand "~" at the start.
3560 */
3561 char_u *
3562expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3563 char_u *src;
3564 int one;
3565{
3566 char_u *p;
3567
3568 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3569 if (p != NULL)
3570 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3571 return p;
3572}
3573
3574/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003575 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3576 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003577 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003578 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3579 */
3580 void
3581expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3582 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3583 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3584 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3585{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003586 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003587}
3588
3589 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003590expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003591 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3593 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3594 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003595 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003596 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003597{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003598 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003599 char_u *tail;
3600 int c;
3601 char_u *var;
3602 int copy_char;
3603 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3604 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003605 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003606
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003607 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003608 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003609
3610 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003611 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3612 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3613 {
3614 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003615 if ((*src == '$'
3616#ifdef VMS
3617 && at_start
3618#endif
3619 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003620#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3621 || *src == '%'
3622#endif
3623 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3624 {
3625 mustfree = FALSE;
3626
3627 /*
3628 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3629 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3630 */
3631 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3632 {
3633 tail = src + 1;
3634 var = dst;
3635 c = dstlen - 1;
3636
3637#ifdef UNIX
3638 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3639 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3640 {
3641 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3642 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3643 *var++ = *tail++;
3644 }
3645 else
3646#endif
3647 {
3648 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3649#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3650 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3651#endif
3652 ))
3653 {
3654#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3655 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3656 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3657#else
3658 *var++ = *tail++;
3659#endif
3660 }
3661 }
3662
3663#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3664# ifdef UNIX
3665 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3666# else
3667 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3668# endif
3669 var = NULL;
3670 else
3671 {
3672# ifdef UNIX
3673 if (src[1] == '{')
3674# else
3675 if (*src == '%')
3676#endif
3677 ++tail;
3678#endif
3679 *var = NUL;
3680 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3681#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3682 }
3683#endif
3684 }
3685 /* home directory */
3686 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3687 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3688 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3689 {
3690 var = homedir;
3691 tail = src + 1;
3692 }
3693 else /* user directory */
3694 {
3695#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3696 /*
3697 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3698 */
3699 tail = src;
3700 var = dst;
3701 c = dstlen - 1;
3702 while ( c-- > 0
3703 && *tail
3704 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3705 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3706 *var++ = *tail++;
3707 *var = NUL;
3708# ifdef UNIX
3709 /*
3710 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3711 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3712 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3713 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3714 */
3715# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3716 {
3717 struct passwd *pw;
3718
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003719 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3720 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003721 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3722 if (pw != NULL)
3723 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3724 else
3725 var = NULL;
3726 }
3727 if (var == NULL)
3728# endif
3729 {
3730 expand_T xpc;
3731
3732 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3733 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3734 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3735 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003736 mustfree = TRUE;
3737 }
3738
3739# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3740 /*
3741 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3742 * directories to search for the user account in.
3743 */
3744 {
3745 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3746 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3747 struct stat st;
3748
3749 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3750 next_path = paths;
3751 while (*next_path)
3752 {
3753 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3754 next_path++);
3755 if (*next_path)
3756 *next_path++ = NUL;
3757 STRCPY(test, path);
3758 STRCAT(test, "/");
3759 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3760 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3761 {
3762 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3763 STRCPY(var, test);
3764 mustfree = TRUE;
3765 break;
3766 }
3767 }
3768 }
3769# endif /* UNIX */
3770#else
3771 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3772 var = NULL;
3773 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3774#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3775 }
3776
3777#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3778 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3779 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3780 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3781 {
3782 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3783
3784 if (p != NULL)
3785 {
3786 if (mustfree)
3787 vim_free(var);
3788 var = p;
3789 mustfree = TRUE;
3790 forward_slash(var);
3791 }
3792 }
3793#endif
3794
3795 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3796 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3797 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3798 {
3799 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3800
3801 if (p != NULL)
3802 {
3803 if (mustfree)
3804 vim_free(var);
3805 var = p;
3806 mustfree = TRUE;
3807 }
3808 }
3809
3810 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3811 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3812 {
3813 STRCPY(dst, var);
3814 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003815 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003816 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3817 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003818 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003819#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3820 && dst[-1] != ':'
3821#endif
3822 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3823 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003824 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003825 src = tail;
3826 copy_char = FALSE;
3827 }
3828 if (mustfree)
3829 vim_free(var);
3830 }
3831
3832 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3833 {
3834 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003835 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003836 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3837 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003838 */
3839 at_start = FALSE;
3840 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3841 {
3842 *dst++ = *src++;
3843 --dstlen;
3844 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003845 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003846 at_start = TRUE;
3847 *dst++ = *src++;
3848 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003849
3850 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3851 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3852 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003853 }
3854 }
3855 *dst = NUL;
3856}
3857
3858/*
3859 * Vim's version of getenv().
3860 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003861 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003862 */
3863 char_u *
3864vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3865 char_u *name;
3866 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3867{
3868 char_u *p;
3869 char_u *pend;
3870 int vimruntime;
3871
3872#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3873 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3874 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3875 return homedir;
3876#endif
3877
3878 p = mch_getenv(name);
3879 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3880 p = NULL;
3881
3882 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003883 {
3884#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3885 if (enc_utf8)
3886 {
3887 int len;
3888 char_u *pp;
3889
3890 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3891 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003892 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003893 if (pp != NULL)
3894 {
3895 p = pp;
3896 *mustfree = TRUE;
3897 }
3898 }
3899#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003900 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003901 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003902
3903 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3904 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3905 return NULL;
3906
3907 /*
3908 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3909 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3910 */
3911 if (vimruntime
3912#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3913 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3914#endif
3915 )
3916 {
3917 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3918 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3919 p = NULL;
3920 if (p != NULL)
3921 {
3922 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3923 if (p != NULL)
3924 *mustfree = TRUE;
3925 else
3926 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003927
3928#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3929 if (enc_utf8)
3930 {
3931 int len;
3932 char_u *pp;
3933
3934 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3935 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3936 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003937 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003938 if (pp != NULL)
3939 {
3940 if (mustfree)
3941 vim_free(p);
3942 p = pp;
3943 *mustfree = TRUE;
3944 }
3945 }
3946#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003947 }
3948 }
3949
3950 /*
3951 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3952 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3953 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3954 */
3955 if (p == NULL)
3956 {
3957 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3958 p = p_hf;
3959#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3960 /*
3961 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3962 */
3963 else
3964 p = exe_name;
3965#endif
3966 if (p != NULL)
3967 {
3968 /* remove the file name */
3969 pend = gettail(p);
3970
3971 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3972 if (p == p_hf)
3973 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3974
3975#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3976# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003977 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003978 if (p == exe_name)
3979 {
3980 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003981 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003982
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003983 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3984 if (pend1 != pend)
3985 {
3986 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3987 if (pnew != NULL)
3988 {
3989 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3990 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3991 p = pnew;
3992 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3993 }
3994 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003995 }
3996# endif
3997 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3998 if (p == exe_name)
3999 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4000#endif
4001
4002 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4003 if (!vimruntime)
4004 {
4005 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4006 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4007 }
4008
4009 /* remove trailing path separator */
4010#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4011 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004012 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004013 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004014 --pend;
4015#endif
4016
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004017#ifdef MACOS_X
4018 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4019#endif
4020 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4021 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004022
4023 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4024 {
4025 vim_free(p);
4026 p = NULL;
4027 }
4028 else
4029 {
4030#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4031 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4032 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4033 {
4034 vim_free(p);
4035 p = pend;
4036 }
4037#endif
4038 *mustfree = TRUE;
4039 }
4040 }
4041 }
4042
4043#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4044 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4045 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4046 if (p == NULL)
4047 {
4048 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4049 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4050 {
4051 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4052 *mustfree = FALSE;
4053 }
4054 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4055 {
4056 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4057 *mustfree = TRUE;
4058 else
4059 {
4060 p = default_vim_dir;
4061 *mustfree = FALSE;
4062 }
4063 }
4064 }
4065#endif
4066
4067 /*
4068 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4069 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4070 */
4071 if (p != NULL)
4072 {
4073 if (vimruntime)
4074 {
4075 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4076 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4077#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4078 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004079 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004080
4081 if (buf != NULL)
4082 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004083 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4084 vim_free(buf);
4085 }
4086 }
4087#endif
4088 }
4089 else
4090 {
4091 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4092 didset_vim = TRUE;
4093 }
4094 }
4095 return p;
4096}
4097
4098/*
4099 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4100 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4101 */
4102 static char_u *
4103vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4104 char_u *vimdir;
4105{
4106 char_u *p;
4107
4108 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4109 return NULL;
4110 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4111 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4112 return p;
4113 vim_free(p);
4114 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4115 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4116 return p;
4117 vim_free(p);
4118 return NULL;
4119}
4120
4121/*
4122 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4123 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4124 */
4125 static char_u *
4126remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4127 char_u *p;
4128 char_u *pend;
4129 char_u *name;
4130{
4131 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4132 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4133
4134 if (newend >= p
4135 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004136 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004137 return newend;
4138 return pend;
4139}
4140
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004141/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004142 * Our portable version of setenv.
4143 */
4144 void
4145vim_setenv(name, val)
4146 char_u *name;
4147 char_u *val;
4148{
4149#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4150 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4151#else
4152 char_u *envbuf;
4153
4154 /*
4155 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4156 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4157 */
4158 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4159 if (envbuf != NULL)
4160 {
4161 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4162 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4163 }
4164#endif
4165}
4166
4167#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4168/*
4169 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4170 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004171 char_u *
4172get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004173 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004174 int idx;
4175{
4176# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4177 /*
4178 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4179 */
4180 return NULL;
4181# else
4182# ifndef __WIN32__
4183 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4184 extern char **environ;
4185# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004186# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4187 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004188 char_u *str;
4189 int n;
4190
4191 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4192 if (str == NULL)
4193 return NULL;
4194
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004195 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004196 {
4197 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4198 break;
4199 name[n] = str[n];
4200 }
4201 name[n] = NUL;
4202 return name;
4203# endif
4204}
4205#endif
4206
4207/*
4208 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4209 * 'src'.
4210 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4211 */
4212 void
4213home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4214 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4215 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4216 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4217 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4218 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4219 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4220{
4221 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4222 size_t len;
4223 char_u *homedir_env;
4224 char_u *p;
4225
4226 if (src == NULL)
4227 {
4228 *dst = NUL;
4229 return;
4230 }
4231
4232 /*
4233 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4234 */
4235 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4236 {
4237 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4238 return;
4239 }
4240
4241 /*
4242 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4243 * "real" home directory.
4244 */
4245 if (homedir != NULL)
4246 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4247
4248#ifdef VMS
4249 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4250#else
4251 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4252#endif
4253
4254 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4255 homedir_env = NULL;
4256 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4257 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4258
4259 if (!one)
4260 src = skipwhite(src);
4261 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4262 {
4263 /*
4264 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4265 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4266 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4267 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4268 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4269 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4270 * er's home directory)).
4271 */
4272 p = homedir;
4273 len = dirlen;
4274 for (;;)
4275 {
4276 if ( len
4277 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4278 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4279 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4280 || src[len] == NUL))
4281 {
4282 src += len;
4283 if (--dstlen > 0)
4284 *dst++ = '~';
4285
4286 /*
4287 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4288 */
4289 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4290 *dst++ = '/';
4291 break;
4292 }
4293 if (p == homedir_env)
4294 break;
4295 p = homedir_env;
4296 len = envlen;
4297 }
4298
4299 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4300 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4301 *dst++ = *src++;
4302 /* skip separator */
4303 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4304 *dst++ = *src++;
4305 }
4306 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4307
4308 *dst = NUL;
4309}
4310
4311/*
4312 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4313 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4314 */
4315 char_u *
4316home_replace_save(buf, src)
4317 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4318 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4319{
4320 char_u *dst;
4321 unsigned len;
4322
4323 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4324 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4325 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4326 dst = alloc(len);
4327 if (dst != NULL)
4328 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4329 return dst;
4330}
4331
4332/*
4333 * Compare two file names and return:
4334 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4335 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4336 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4337 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4338 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4339 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4340 */
4341 int
4342fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4343 char_u *s1, *s2;
4344 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4345{
4346#ifdef UNIX
4347 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4348 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4349 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4350 struct stat st1, st2;
4351 int r1, r2;
4352
4353 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4354 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4355 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4356 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4357 {
4358 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4359 if (checkname)
4360 {
4361 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4362 return FPC_SAMEX;
4363 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4364 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4365 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4366 return FPC_SAMEX;
4367 }
4368 return FPC_NOTX;
4369 }
4370 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4371 return FPC_DIFFX;
4372 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4373 return FPC_SAME;
4374 return FPC_DIFF;
4375#else
4376 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4377 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4378 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4379 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4380 int r1, r2;
4381
4382 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4383 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4384 {
4385 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4386 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4387
4388 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4389 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4390 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4391
4392 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4393 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4394 {
4395 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4396 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4397 else
4398 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4399 }
4400 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4401 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4402 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4403 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4404 else
4405 retval = FPC_SAME;
4406 vim_free(exp1);
4407 }
4408 return retval;
4409#endif
4410}
4411
4412/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004413 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004414 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it.
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004415 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004416 */
4417 char_u *
4418gettail(fname)
4419 char_u *fname;
4420{
4421 char_u *p1, *p2;
4422
4423 if (fname == NULL)
4424 return (char_u *)"";
4425 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4426 {
4427 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4428 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004429 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004430 }
4431 return p1;
4432}
4433
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004434#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
4435static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname));
4436
4437/*
4438 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path
4439 * separator:
4440 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file"
4441 * ^ ^ ^ ^
4442 */
4443 static char_u *
4444gettail_dir(fname)
4445 char_u *fname;
4446{
4447 char_u *dir_end = fname;
4448 char_u *next_dir_end = fname;
4449 int look_for_sep = TRUE;
4450 char_u *p;
4451
4452 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; )
4453 {
4454 if (vim_ispathsep(*p))
4455 {
4456 if (look_for_sep)
4457 {
4458 next_dir_end = p;
4459 look_for_sep = FALSE;
4460 }
4461 }
4462 else
4463 {
4464 if (!look_for_sep)
4465 dir_end = next_dir_end;
4466 look_for_sep = TRUE;
4467 }
4468 mb_ptr_adv(p);
4469 }
4470 return dir_end;
4471}
4472#endif
4473
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004474/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004475 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4476 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4477 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4478 */
4479 char_u *
4480gettail_sep(fname)
4481 char_u *fname;
4482{
4483 char_u *p;
4484 char_u *t;
4485
4486 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4487 t = gettail(fname);
4488 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4489 --t;
4490#ifdef VMS
4491 /* path separator is part of the path */
4492 ++t;
4493#endif
4494 return t;
4495}
4496
4497/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004498 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4499 */
4500 char_u *
4501getnextcomp(fname)
4502 char_u *fname;
4503{
4504 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004505 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004506 if (*fname)
4507 ++fname;
4508 return fname;
4509}
4510
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004511/*
4512 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4513 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4514 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4515 */
4516 char_u *
4517get_past_head(path)
4518 char_u *path;
4519{
4520 char_u *retval;
4521
4522#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4523 /* may skip "c:" */
4524 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4525 retval = path + 2;
4526 else
4527 retval = path;
4528#else
4529# if defined(AMIGA)
4530 /* may skip "label:" */
4531 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4532 if (retval == NULL)
4533 retval = path;
4534# else /* Unix */
4535 retval = path;
4536# endif
4537#endif
4538
4539 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4540 ++retval;
4541
4542 return retval;
4543}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004544
4545/*
4546 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4547 */
4548 int
4549vim_ispathsep(c)
4550 int c;
4551{
4552#ifdef RISCOS
4553 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4554#else
4555# ifdef UNIX
4556 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4557# else
4558# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4559 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4560# else
4561# ifdef VMS
4562 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4563 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4564 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004565# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004566 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004567# endif /* VMS */
4568# endif
4569# endif
4570#endif /* RISC OS */
4571}
4572
4573#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4574/*
4575 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4576 */
4577 int
4578vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4579 int c;
4580{
4581#ifdef UNIX
4582 return (c == ':');
4583#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004584 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004585#endif
4586}
4587#endif
4588
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004589#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4590 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4591/*
4592 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4593 * It's done in-place.
4594 */
4595 void
4596shorten_dir(str)
4597 char_u *str;
4598{
4599 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4600 int skip = FALSE;
4601
4602 tail = gettail(str);
4603 d = str;
4604 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4605 {
4606 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4607 {
4608 *d++ = *s;
4609 if (*s == NUL)
4610 break;
4611 }
4612 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4613 {
4614 *d++ = *s;
4615 skip = FALSE;
4616 }
4617 else if (!skip)
4618 {
4619 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4620 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4621 skip = TRUE;
4622# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4623 if (has_mbyte)
4624 {
4625 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4626
4627 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004628 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004629 }
4630# endif
4631 }
4632 }
4633}
4634#endif
4635
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004636/*
4637 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4638 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4639 * "fname" must be writable!.
4640 */
4641 int
4642dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4643 char_u *fname;
4644{
4645 char_u *p;
4646 int c;
4647 int retval;
4648
4649 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4650 if (p == fname)
4651 return TRUE;
4652 c = *p;
4653 *p = NUL;
4654 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4655 *p = c;
4656 return retval;
4657}
4658
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004659#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4660 || defined(PROTO)
4661/*
4662 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4663 */
4664 int
4665vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4666 char_u *x, *y;
4667{
4668 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4669}
4670
4671 int
4672vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4673 char_u *x, *y;
4674 size_t len;
4675{
4676 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4677 {
4678 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4679 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4680 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4681 break;
4682 ++x;
4683 ++y;
4684 --len;
4685 }
4686 if (len == 0)
4687 return 0;
4688 return (*x - *y);
4689}
4690#endif
4691
4692/*
4693 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004694 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004695 */
4696 char_u *
4697concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4698 char_u *fname1;
4699 char_u *fname2;
4700 int sep;
4701{
4702 char_u *dest;
4703
4704 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4705 if (dest != NULL)
4706 {
4707 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4708 if (sep)
4709 add_pathsep(dest);
4710 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4711 }
4712 return dest;
4713}
4714
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004715/*
4716 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4717 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4718 */
4719 char_u *
4720concat_str(str1, str2)
4721 char_u *str1;
4722 char_u *str2;
4723{
4724 char_u *dest;
4725 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4726
4727 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4728 if (dest != NULL)
4729 {
4730 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4731 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4732 }
4733 return dest;
4734}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004736/*
4737 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4738 * separator.
4739 */
4740 void
4741add_pathsep(p)
4742 char_u *p;
4743{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004744 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004745 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4746}
4747
4748/*
4749 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4750 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4751 */
4752 char_u *
4753FullName_save(fname, force)
4754 char_u *fname;
4755 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4756 like a full path name */
4757{
4758 char_u *buf;
4759 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4760
4761 if (fname == NULL)
4762 return NULL;
4763
4764 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4765 if (buf != NULL)
4766 {
4767 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4768 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4769 else
4770 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4771 vim_free(buf);
4772 }
4773 return new_fname;
4774}
4775
4776#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4777
4778static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4779
4780/*
4781 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4782 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4783 */
4784 pos_T *
4785find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4786 int ind_maxcomment;
4787{
4788 pos_T *pos;
4789 char_u *line;
4790 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004791 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004792
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004793 for (;;)
4794 {
4795 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4796 if (pos == NULL)
4797 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004798
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004799 /*
4800 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4801 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4802 */
4803 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004804 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004805 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004806 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004807 break;
4808 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4809 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4810 {
4811 pos = NULL;
4812 break;
4813 }
4814 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004815 return pos;
4816}
4817
4818/*
4819 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4820 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4821 */
4822 static char_u *
4823skip_string(p)
4824 char_u *p;
4825{
4826 int i;
4827
4828 /*
4829 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4830 */
4831 for ( ; ; ++p)
4832 {
4833 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4834 {
4835 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4836 break;
4837 i = 2;
4838 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4839 {
4840 ++i;
4841 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4842 ++i;
4843 }
4844 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4845 {
4846 p += i;
4847 continue;
4848 }
4849 }
4850 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4851 {
4852 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4853 {
4854 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4855 ++p;
4856 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4857 break;
4858 }
4859 if (p[0] == '"')
4860 continue;
4861 }
4862 break; /* no string found */
4863 }
4864 if (!*p)
4865 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4866 return p;
4867}
4868#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4869
4870#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4871
4872/*
4873 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4874 */
4875 void
4876do_c_expr_indent()
4877{
4878# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4879 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4880 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4881 else
4882# endif
4883 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4884}
4885
4886/*
4887 * Functions for C-indenting.
4888 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4889 */
4890/*
4891 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4892 */
4893
4894static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4895static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4896static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4897static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4898static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4899static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4900static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4901static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4902static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4903static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4904static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4905static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4906static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4907static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4908static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4909static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4910static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4911static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4912static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4913static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4914static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004915static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004916static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004917static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004918static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004919static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4920static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4921static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4922static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4923static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4924static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4925static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4926
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004927static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4928
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004929/*
4930 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004931 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004932 */
4933 static char_u *
4934cin_skipcomment(s)
4935 char_u *s;
4936{
4937 while (*s)
4938 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004939 char_u *prev_s = s;
4940
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004941 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004942
4943 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4944 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4945 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4946 {
4947 s += STRLEN(s);
4948 break;
4949 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950 if (*s != '/')
4951 break;
4952 ++s;
4953 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4954 {
4955 s += STRLEN(s);
4956 break;
4957 }
4958 if (*s != '*')
4959 break;
4960 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4961 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4962 {
4963 s += 2;
4964 break;
4965 }
4966 }
4967 return s;
4968}
4969
4970/*
4971 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4972 * not considered code.
4973 */
4974 static int
4975cin_nocode(s)
4976 char_u *s;
4977{
4978 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4979}
4980
4981/*
4982 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4983 */
4984 static pos_T *
4985find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4986{
4987 static pos_T pos;
4988 char_u *line;
4989 char_u *p;
4990
4991 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4992 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4993 {
4994 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4995 p = skipwhite(line);
4996 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4997 {
4998 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4999 return &pos;
5000 }
5001 if (*p != NUL)
5002 break;
5003 }
5004 return NULL;
5005}
5006
5007/*
5008 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
5009 */
5010 static int
5011cin_islabel_skip(s)
5012 char_u **s;
5013{
5014 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
5015 return FALSE;
5016
5017 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
5018 (*s)++;
5019
5020 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
5021
5022 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
5023 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
5024}
5025
5026/*
5027 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5028 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5029 */
5030 int
5031cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5032 int ind_maxcomment;
5033{
5034 char_u *s;
5035
5036 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5037
5038 /*
5039 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5040 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5041 */
5042 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5043 return FALSE;
5044 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5045 return FALSE;
5046
5047 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5048 {
5049 /*
5050 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5051 * label.
5052 */
5053 pos_T cursor_save;
5054 pos_T *trypos;
5055 char_u *line;
5056
5057 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5058 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5059 {
5060 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5061
5062 /*
5063 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5064 */
5065 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5066 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5067 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5068
5069 line = ml_get_curline();
5070 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5071 continue;
5072 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5073 continue;
5074
5075 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5076 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5077 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005078 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005079 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5080 return TRUE;
5081 return FALSE;
5082 }
5083 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5084 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5085 }
5086 return FALSE;
5087}
5088
5089/*
5090 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5091 * Q&D-Implementation:
5092 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5093 */
5094 static int
5095cin_isinit(void)
5096{
5097 char_u *s;
5098
5099 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5100
5101 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5102 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5103
5104 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5105 return TRUE;
5106
5107 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5108 return TRUE;
5109
5110 return FALSE;
5111}
5112
5113/*
5114 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5115 */
5116 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005117cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005118 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005119 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005120{
5121 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5122 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5123 {
5124 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5125 {
5126 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5127 if (*s == ':')
5128 {
5129 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5130 ++s;
5131 else
5132 return TRUE;
5133 }
5134 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005135 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005136 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5137 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5138 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005139 {
5140 /* JS etc. */
5141 if (strict)
5142 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5143 else
5144 return TRUE;
5145 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005146 }
5147 return FALSE;
5148 }
5149
5150 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5151 return TRUE;
5152 return FALSE;
5153}
5154
5155/*
5156 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5157 */
5158 static int
5159cin_isdefault(s)
5160 char_u *s;
5161{
5162 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5163 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5164 && s[1] != ':');
5165}
5166
5167/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02005168 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005169 */
5170 int
5171cin_isscopedecl(s)
5172 char_u *s;
5173{
5174 int i;
5175
5176 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5177 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5178 i = 6;
5179 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5180 i = 9;
5181 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5182 i = 7;
5183 else
5184 return FALSE;
5185 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5186}
5187
5188/*
5189 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5190 * Return NULL if not found.
5191 * case 234: a = b;
5192 * ^
5193 */
5194 static char_u *
5195after_label(l)
5196 char_u *l;
5197{
5198 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5199 {
5200 if (*l == ':')
5201 {
5202 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5203 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005204 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005205 break;
5206 }
5207 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5208 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5209 }
5210 if (*l == NUL)
5211 return NULL;
5212 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5213 if (*l == NUL)
5214 return NULL;
5215 return l;
5216}
5217
5218/*
5219 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5220 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5221 */
5222 static int
5223get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5224 linenr_T lnum;
5225{
5226 char_u *l;
5227 pos_T fp;
5228 colnr_T col;
5229 char_u *p;
5230
5231 l = ml_get(lnum);
5232 p = after_label(l);
5233 if (p == NULL)
5234 return 0;
5235
5236 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5237 fp.lnum = lnum;
5238 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5239 return (int)col;
5240}
5241
5242/*
5243 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005244 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005245 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5246 * ^
5247 */
5248 static int
5249skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5250 linenr_T lnum;
5251 char_u **pp;
5252 int ind_maxcomment;
5253{
5254 char_u *l;
5255 int amount;
5256 pos_T cursor_save;
5257
5258 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5259 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5260 l = ml_get_curline();
5261 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005262 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5263 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005264 {
5265 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5266 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5267 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5268 l = ml_get_curline();
5269 }
5270 else
5271 {
5272 amount = get_indent();
5273 l = ml_get_curline();
5274 }
5275 *pp = l;
5276
5277 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5278 return amount;
5279}
5280
5281/*
5282 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5283 * int a, indent of "a"
5284 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5285 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5286 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5287 */
5288 static int
5289cin_first_id_amount()
5290{
5291 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5292 int len;
5293 pos_T fp;
5294 colnr_T col;
5295
5296 line = ml_get_curline();
5297 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005298 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005299 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5300 {
5301 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005302 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005303 }
5304 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5305 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5306 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5307 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5308 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5309 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5310 {
5311 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5312 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5313 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5314 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5315 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5316 p = s;
5317 }
5318 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5319 ;
5320 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5321 return 0;
5322
5323 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5324 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5325 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5326 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5327 return (int)col;
5328}
5329
5330/*
5331 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5332 * char *foo = "here";
5333 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5334 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5335 * foo = "asdf\
5336 * asdf\
5337 * here";
5338 */
5339 static int
5340cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5341 linenr_T lnum;
5342{
5343 char_u *line;
5344 char_u *s;
5345 colnr_T col;
5346 pos_T fp;
5347
5348 if (lnum > 1)
5349 {
5350 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5351 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5352 return -1;
5353 }
5354
5355 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5356 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5357 {
5358 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5359 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5360 else
5361 ++s;
5362 }
5363 if (*s != '=')
5364 return 0;
5365
5366 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5367 if (cin_nocode(s))
5368 return 0;
5369
5370 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5371 ++s;
5372
5373 fp.lnum = lnum;
5374 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5375 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5376 return (int)col;
5377}
5378
5379/*
5380 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5381 */
5382 static int
5383cin_ispreproc(s)
5384 char_u *s;
5385{
5386 s = skipwhite(s);
5387 if (*s == '#')
5388 return TRUE;
5389 return FALSE;
5390}
5391
5392/*
5393 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5394 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5395 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5396 */
5397 static int
5398cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5399 char_u **pp;
5400 linenr_T *lnump;
5401{
5402 char_u *line = *pp;
5403 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5404 int retval = FALSE;
5405
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005406 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005407 {
5408 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5409 {
5410 retval = TRUE;
5411 *lnump = lnum;
5412 break;
5413 }
5414 if (lnum == 1)
5415 break;
5416 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5417 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5418 break;
5419 }
5420
5421 if (lnum != *lnump)
5422 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5423 return retval;
5424}
5425
5426/*
5427 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5428 */
5429 static int
5430cin_iscomment(p)
5431 char_u *p;
5432{
5433 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5434}
5435
5436/*
5437 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5438 */
5439 static int
5440cin_islinecomment(p)
5441 char_u *p;
5442{
5443 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5444}
5445
5446/*
5447 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5448 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5449 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5450 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5451 */
5452 static int
5453cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5454 char_u *s;
5455 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5456 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5457{
5458 char_u found_start = 0;
5459
5460 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5461
5462 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5463 found_start = *s;
5464
5465 while (*s)
5466 {
5467 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5468 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5469 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5470 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5471 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5472 return *s;
5473
5474 if (*s)
5475 s++;
5476 }
5477 return found_start;
5478}
5479
5480/*
5481 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5482 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5483 * no semicolons anywhere.
5484 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5485 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5486 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5487 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5488 */
5489 static int
5490cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5491 char_u **sp;
5492 linenr_T first_lnum;
5493{
5494 char_u *s;
5495 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5496 int retval = FALSE;
5497
5498 if (sp == NULL)
5499 s = ml_get(lnum);
5500 else
5501 s = *sp;
5502
5503 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5504 {
5505 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5506 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5507 else
5508 ++s;
5509 }
5510 if (*s != '(')
5511 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5512
5513 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5514 {
5515 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5516 {
5517 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5518 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5519 * #if defined(x) && \
5520 * defined(y)
5521 */
5522 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5523 s = ml_get(lnum);
5524 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5525 retval = TRUE;
5526 goto done;
5527 }
5528 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5529 {
5530 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5531 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5532 break;
5533
5534 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5535 }
5536 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5537 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5538 else
5539 ++s;
5540 }
5541
5542done:
5543 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5544 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5545
5546 return retval;
5547}
5548
5549 static int
5550cin_isif(p)
5551 char_u *p;
5552{
5553 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5554}
5555
5556 static int
5557cin_iselse(p)
5558 char_u *p;
5559{
5560 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5561 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5562 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5563}
5564
5565 static int
5566cin_isdo(p)
5567 char_u *p;
5568{
5569 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5570}
5571
5572/*
5573 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5574 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5575 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5576 */
5577 static int
5578cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5579 char_u *p;
5580 linenr_T lnum;
5581 int ind_maxparen;
5582{
5583 pos_T cursor_save;
5584 pos_T *trypos;
5585 int retval = FALSE;
5586
5587 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5588 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5589 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5590 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5591 {
5592 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5593 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5594 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5595 p = ml_get_curline();
5596 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5597 {
5598 ++p;
5599 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5600 }
5601 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5602 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5603 retval = TRUE;
5604 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5605 }
5606 return retval;
5607}
5608
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005609/*
5610 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5611 * do
5612 * nothing;
5613 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005614 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005615 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5616 */
5617 static int
5618cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5619 int terminated;
5620 int ind_maxparen;
5621 int ind_maxcomment;
5622{
5623 char_u *line;
5624 char_u *p;
5625 char_u *s;
5626 pos_T *trypos;
5627 int i;
5628
5629 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5630 return FALSE;
5631
5632 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5633 while (*p != NUL)
5634 {
5635 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5636 if (*p == ')')
5637 {
5638 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5639 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5640 {
5641 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5642 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005643 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005644 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5645 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5646 if (trypos != NULL)
5647 {
5648 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5649 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5650 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5651 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5652 {
5653 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5654 return TRUE;
5655 }
5656 }
5657
5658 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5659 line = ml_get_curline();
5660 p = line + i;
5661 }
5662 }
5663 if (*p != NUL)
5664 ++p;
5665 }
5666 return FALSE;
5667}
5668
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005669 static int
5670cin_isbreak(p)
5671 char_u *p;
5672{
5673 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5674}
5675
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005676/*
5677 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005678 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5679 *
5680 * class MyClass :
5681 * baseClass <-- here
5682 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5683 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5684 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5685 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005686 *
5687 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005688 */
5689 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005690cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005691 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005692{
5693 char_u *s;
5694 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005695 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005696 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005697
5698 *col = 0;
5699
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005700 s = skipwhite(line);
5701 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5702 return FALSE;
5703 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005704 if (*s == NUL)
5705 return FALSE;
5706
5707 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5708
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005709 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5710 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5711 * a = cond ?
5712 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005713 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005714 * func::foo()
5715 * : something
5716 * {}
5717 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5718 * : something(4),
5719 * somethingelse(3)
5720 * {}
5721 */
5722 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005723 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005724 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5725 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005726 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5727 break;
5728 while (*s != NUL)
5729 {
5730 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5731 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5732 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5733 break;
5734 if (*s != NUL)
5735 ++s;
5736 }
5737 if (*s != NUL)
5738 break;
5739 --lnum;
5740 }
5741
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005742 line = ml_get(lnum);
5743 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005744 for (;;)
5745 {
5746 if (*s == NUL)
5747 {
5748 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5749 break;
5750 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005751 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5752 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5753 if (*s == NUL)
5754 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005755 }
5756
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005757 if (s[0] == ':')
5758 {
5759 if (s[1] == ':')
5760 {
5761 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5762 * initialization any more */
5763 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5764 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5765 }
5766 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5767 {
5768 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005769 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005770 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5771 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5772 *col = 0;
5773 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5774 }
5775 else
5776 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5777 }
5778 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5779 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5780 {
5781 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5782 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5783
5784 if (*s == 'c')
5785 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5786 else
5787 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5788 }
5789 else
5790 {
5791 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5792 {
5793 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5794 }
5795 else if (s[0] == ')')
5796 {
5797 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5798 * something like "):" */
5799 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5800 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5801 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005802 else if (s[0] == '?')
5803 {
5804 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5805 return FALSE;
5806 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005807 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5808 {
5809 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5810 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5811 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5812 }
5813 else if (*col == 0)
5814 {
5815 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5816 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5817
5818 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005819 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005820 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5821 }
5822
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005823 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5824 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5825 *col = 0;
5826
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005827 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5828 }
5829 }
5830
5831 return cpp_base_class;
5832}
5833
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005834 static int
5835get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5836 int col;
5837 int ind_maxparen;
5838 int ind_maxcomment;
5839 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5840{
5841 int amount;
5842 colnr_T vcol;
5843 pos_T *trypos;
5844
5845 if (col == 0)
5846 {
5847 amount = get_indent();
5848 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5849 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5850 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5851 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5852 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5853 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5854 }
5855 else
5856 {
5857 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5858 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5859 amount = (int)vcol;
5860 }
5861 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5862 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5863 return amount;
5864}
5865
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005866/*
5867 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5868 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5869 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5870 */
5871 static int
5872cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5873 char_u *s;
5874 char_u *find;
5875 char_u *ignore;
5876{
5877 char_u *p = s;
5878 char_u *r;
5879 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5880
5881 while (*p != NUL)
5882 {
5883 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5884 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5885 {
5886 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5887 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5888 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5889 if (cin_nocode(r))
5890 return TRUE;
5891 }
5892 if (*p != NUL)
5893 ++p;
5894 }
5895 return FALSE;
5896}
5897
5898/*
5899 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5900 * Return the column found.
5901 */
5902 static int
5903cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5904 pos_T *trypos;
5905{
5906 char_u *line;
5907 char_u *p;
5908
5909 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5910 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5911 {
5912 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5913 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5914 else
5915 {
5916 p = skip_string(p);
5917 ++p;
5918 }
5919 }
5920 return (int)(p - line);
5921}
5922
5923/*
5924 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5925 * Return NULL if no match found.
5926 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5927 * work. */
5928/* foo() */
5929/* { */
5930/* } */
5931
5932 static pos_T *
5933find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5934 int ind_maxcomment;
5935{
5936 pos_T cursor_save;
5937 pos_T *trypos;
5938 pos_T *pos;
5939 static pos_T pos_copy;
5940
5941 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5942 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5943 {
5944 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5945 trypos = &pos_copy;
5946 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5947 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005948 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005949 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5950 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5951 break;
5952 if (pos != NULL)
5953 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5954 }
5955 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5956 return trypos;
5957}
5958
5959/*
5960 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5961 * Return NULL of no match found.
5962 */
5963 static pos_T *
5964find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5965 int ind_maxparen;
5966 int ind_maxcomment;
5967{
5968 pos_T cursor_save;
5969 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005970 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005971
5972 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5973 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5974 {
5975 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5976 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5977 trypos = NULL;
5978 else
5979 {
5980 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5981 trypos = &pos_copy;
5982 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5983 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5984 trypos = NULL;
5985 }
5986 }
5987 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5988 return trypos;
5989}
5990
5991/*
5992 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5993 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5994 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5995 * looking a few lines further.
5996 */
5997 static int
5998corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5999 int ind_maxparen;
6000 pos_T *startpos;
6001{
6002 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6003
6004 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
6005 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
6006 return ind_maxparen;
6007}
6008
6009/*
6010 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
6011 * line "l".
6012 */
6013 static int
6014find_last_paren(l, start, end)
6015 char_u *l;
6016 int start, end;
6017{
6018 int i;
6019 int retval = FALSE;
6020 int open_count = 0;
6021
6022 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
6023
6024 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
6025 {
6026 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
6027 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
6028 if (l[i] == start)
6029 ++open_count;
6030 else if (l[i] == end)
6031 {
6032 if (open_count > 0)
6033 --open_count;
6034 else
6035 {
6036 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6037 retval = TRUE;
6038 }
6039 }
6040 }
6041 return retval;
6042}
6043
6044 int
6045get_c_indent()
6046{
6047 /*
6048 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6049 * block should be
6050 */
6051 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6052
6053 /*
6054 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6055 * line is imagined to be.
6056 */
6057 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6058
6059 /*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02006060 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006061 * an opening brace.
6062 */
6063 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6064
6065 /*
6066 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6067 */
6068 int ind_first_open = 0;
6069
6070 /*
6071 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6072 * located
6073 */
6074 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6075
6076 /*
6077 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6078 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6079 * brace should be located
6080 */
6081 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6082
6083 /*
6084 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6085 * column is imagined to be
6086 */
6087 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6088
6089 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006090 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6091 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6092 */
6093 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6094
6095 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006096 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6097 */
6098 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6099
6100 /*
6101 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6102 */
6103 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6104
6105 /*
6106 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6107 */
6108 int ind_case_break = 0;
6109
6110 /*
6111 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6112 * should be located
6113 */
6114 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6115
6116 /*
6117 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6118 */
6119 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6120
6121 /*
6122 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6123 */
6124 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6125
6126 /*
6127 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6128 */
6129 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6130
6131 /*
6132 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6133 * should be indented
6134 */
6135 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6136
6137 /*
6138 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6139 * should be located
6140 */
6141 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6142
6143 /*
6144 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6145 */
6146 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6147
6148 /*
6149 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6150 * itself is also unclosed
6151 */
6152 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6153
6154 /*
6155 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6156 * unclosed parentheses.
6157 */
6158 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6159
6160 /*
6161 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6162 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6163 * context (for very long lines).
6164 */
6165 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6166
6167 /*
6168 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6169 * an unclosed parentheses.
6170 */
6171 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6172
6173 /*
6174 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6175 * opening parentheses.
6176 */
6177 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6178
6179 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006180 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6181 */
6182 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6183
6184 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006185 * Extra indent for comments.
6186 */
6187 int ind_comment = 0;
6188
6189 /*
6190 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6191 */
6192 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6193
6194 /*
6195 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6196 * after the comment opener.
6197 */
6198 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6199
6200 /*
6201 * max lines to search for an open paren
6202 */
6203 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6204
6205 /*
6206 * max lines to search for an open comment
6207 */
6208 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6209
6210 /*
6211 * handle braces for java code
6212 */
6213 int ind_java = 0;
6214
6215 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006216 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6217 */
6218 int ind_js = 0;
6219
6220 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006221 * handle blocked cases correctly
6222 */
6223 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6224
6225 pos_T cur_curpos;
6226 int amount;
6227 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006228 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006229 colnr_T col;
6230 char_u *theline;
6231 char_u *linecopy;
6232 pos_T *trypos;
6233 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6234 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6235 char_u *start;
6236 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006237#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006238#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6239#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6240 linenr_T ourscope;
6241 char_u *l;
6242 char_u *look;
6243 char_u terminated;
6244 int lookfor;
6245#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6246#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6247#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6248#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6249#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6250#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6251#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6252#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6253#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6254#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6255#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6256
6257 int whilelevel;
6258 linenr_T lnum;
6259 char_u *options;
6260 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6261 int divider;
6262 int n;
6263 int iscase;
6264 int lookfor_break;
6265 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006266 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006267
6268 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6269 {
6270 l = options++;
6271 if (*options == '-')
6272 ++options;
6273 n = getdigits(&options);
6274 divider = 0;
6275 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6276 {
6277 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6278 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6279 {
6280 ++options;
6281 if (divider)
6282 divider *= 10;
6283 else
6284 divider = 10;
6285 }
6286 }
6287 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6288 {
6289 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6290 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6291 else
6292 {
6293 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6294 if (divider)
6295 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6296 }
6297 ++options;
6298 }
6299 if (l[1] == '-')
6300 n = -n;
6301 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006302 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006303 switch (*l)
6304 {
6305 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6306 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6307 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6308 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6309 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6310 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6311 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006312 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006313 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6314 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6315 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6316 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6317 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6318 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6319 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6320 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6321 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6322 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6323 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6324 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6325 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6326 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6327 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6328 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006329 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006330 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6331 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6332 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6333 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6334 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006335 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006336 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006337 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006338 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006339 if (*options == ',')
6340 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006341 }
6342
6343 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6344 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6345
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006346 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6347 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6348 return 0;
6349
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006350 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6351 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6352 * ml_get is valid! */
6353 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6354 if (linecopy == NULL)
6355 return 0;
6356
6357 /*
6358 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6359 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6360 * inserting new stuff.
6361 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6362 * check for that.
6363 */
6364 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006365 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006366 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6367 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6368
6369 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6370
6371 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6372
6373 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6374
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006375 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6376
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006377 /*
6378 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6379 */
6380 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6381 {
6382 amount = 0;
6383 }
6384
6385 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006386 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6387 * - JS flag is set.
6388 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006389 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006390 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006391 {
6392 amount = 0;
6393 }
6394
6395 /*
6396 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6397 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6398 */
6399 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6400 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6401 {
6402 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6403 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6404 amount = col;
6405 }
6406
6407 /*
6408 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6409 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6410 */
6411 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6412 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6413 {
6414 int lead_start_len = 2;
6415 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6416 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6417 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6418 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6419 char_u *p;
6420 int start_align = 0;
6421 int start_off = 0;
6422 int done = FALSE;
6423
6424 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6425 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6426 amount = col;
6427
6428 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6429 while (*p != NUL)
6430 {
6431 int align = 0;
6432 int off = 0;
6433 int what = 0;
6434
6435 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6436 {
6437 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6438 what = *p++;
6439 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6440 align = *p++;
6441 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6442 off = getdigits(&p);
6443 else
6444 ++p;
6445 }
6446
6447 if (*p == ':')
6448 ++p;
6449 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6450 if (what == COM_START)
6451 {
6452 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6453 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6454 start_off = off;
6455 start_align = align;
6456 }
6457 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6458 {
6459 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6460 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6461 }
6462 else if (what == COM_END)
6463 {
6464 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6465 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6466 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6467 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6468 {
6469 done = TRUE;
6470 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6471 {
6472 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006473 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006474 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6475 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6476 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6477 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6478 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6479 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6480 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6481 {
6482 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6483 break;
6484 }
6485 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6486 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6487 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6488 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6489 continue;
6490 }
6491 if (start_off != 0)
6492 amount += start_off;
6493 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006494 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6495 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006496 break;
6497 }
6498
6499 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6500 * with the middle comment */
6501 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6502 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6503 {
6504 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6505 /* XXX */
6506 if (off != 0)
6507 amount += off;
6508 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006509 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6510 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006511 done = TRUE;
6512 break;
6513 }
6514 }
6515 }
6516
6517 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6518 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6519 * with the first character of the comment text.
6520 */
6521 if (done)
6522 ;
6523 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6524 amount += 1;
6525 else
6526 {
6527 /*
6528 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6529 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6530 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6531 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6532 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6533 */
6534 amount = -1;
6535 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6536 {
6537 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6538 continue;
6539 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6540 break;
6541 }
6542 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6543 {
6544 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6545 {
6546 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6547 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6548 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6549 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6550 }
6551 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6552 amount = col;
6553 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6554 amount += ind_in_comment;
6555 }
6556 }
6557 }
6558
6559 /*
6560 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6561 */ /* XXX */
6562 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6563 && ind_java == 0)
6564 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6565 || trypos != NULL)
6566 {
6567 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6568 {
6569 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6570 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6571 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6572 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6573 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6574 trypos = NULL;
6575 else
6576 tryposBrace = NULL;
6577 }
6578
6579 if (trypos != NULL)
6580 {
6581 /*
6582 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6583 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6584 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006585 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006586 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006587 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6588 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6589 }
6590 else
6591 {
6592 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006593 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6594 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006595 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006596 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6597 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6598 continue;
6599 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6600 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6601 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006602
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006603 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6604 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6605 {
6606 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6607 continue;
6608 }
6609
6610 /* XXX */
6611 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6612 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006613 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006614 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6615 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6616 {
6617 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006618
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006619 if (theline[0] == ')')
6620 {
6621 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6622 && cur_amount > amount)
6623 cur_amount = amount;
6624 amount = -1;
6625 }
6626 break;
6627 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006628 }
6629 }
6630
6631 /*
6632 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6633 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6634 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6635 */
6636 if (amount == -1)
6637 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006638 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6639
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006640 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006641 look = skipwhite(look);
6642 if (*look == '(')
6643 {
6644 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6645 char_u *line;
6646 int look_col;
6647
6648 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6649 * our matching '('. */
6650 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6651 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006652 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006653 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6654 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6655 != NULL
6656 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6657 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6658 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6659
6660 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6661 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6662 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006663 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006664 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6665 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006666 {
6667 /*
6668 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6669 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6670 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6671 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6672 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6673 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6674 * lines).
6675 */
6676 if (theline[0] != ')')
6677 {
6678 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6679 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6680 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6681 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6682 {
6683 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6684 * for each additional level */
6685 n = 1;
6686 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6687 {
6688 switch (l[col])
6689 {
6690 case '(':
6691 case '{': ++n;
6692 break;
6693
6694 case ')':
6695 case '}': if (n > 1)
6696 --n;
6697 break;
6698 }
6699 }
6700
6701 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6702 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6703 }
6704 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6705 our_paren_pos.col++;
6706 else
6707 {
6708 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6709 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6710 col++;
6711 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6712 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6713 else
6714 our_paren_pos.col++;
6715 }
6716 }
6717
6718 /*
6719 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6720 * if we did the above "if".
6721 */
6722 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6723 {
6724 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6725 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6726 cur_amount = col;
6727 }
6728 }
6729
6730 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6731 {
6732 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6733 }
6734 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006735 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006736 {
6737 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6738 amount = cur_amount;
6739 }
6740 else
6741 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006742 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6743 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006744 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006745 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006746 {
6747 --our_paren_pos.col;
6748 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6749 {
6750 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6751 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6752 break;
6753 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6754 col = MAXCOL;
6755 break;
6756 }
6757 }
6758
6759 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6760 * braces */
6761 if (col == MAXCOL)
6762 amount += ind_unclosed;
6763 else
6764 {
6765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6766 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6767 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6768 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6769 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6770 else
6771 amount += ind_unclosed;
6772 }
6773 /*
6774 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6775 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6776 * lines:
6777 * func_long_name( if (x
6778 * arg && yy
6779 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6780 */
6781 if (cur_amount < amount)
6782 amount = cur_amount;
6783 }
6784 }
6785
6786 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6787 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6788 amount += ind_comment;
6789 }
6790
6791 /*
6792 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6793 */
6794 else
6795 {
6796 trypos = tryposBrace;
6797
6798 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6799 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6800
6801 /*
6802 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6803 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6804 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6805 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6806 */
6807 look = skipwhite(start);
6808 if (*look == '{')
6809 {
6810 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6811 amount = col;
6812 if (*start == '{')
6813 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6814 else
6815 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6816 }
6817 else
6818 {
6819 /*
6820 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6821 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6822 */
6823 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6824
6825 /*
6826 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6827 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6828 */
6829 lnum = ourscope;
6830 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6831 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6832 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6833 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6834
6835 /*
6836 * It could have been something like
6837 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6838 * ldfd) {
6839 * }
6840 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006841 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6842 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006843 amount = get_indent();
6844 else
6845 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6846
6847 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6848 }
6849
6850 /*
6851 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6852 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6853 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6854 */
6855 if (theline[0] == '}')
6856 {
6857 /*
6858 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6859 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6860 */
6861 amount += ind_close_extra;
6862 }
6863 else
6864 {
6865 /*
6866 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6867 * to match it with.
6868 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6869 * to match it with.
6870 */
6871 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6872 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6873 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6874 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6875 /* XXX */
6876 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6877 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6878 {
6879 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6880 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6881 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6882 {
6883 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6884 goto theend;
6885 }
6886 }
6887
6888 /*
6889 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6890 * failed to find a matching "if").
6891 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6892 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6893 */
6894
6895 /*
6896 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6897 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6898 * location for ind_open_extra.
6899 */
6900
6901 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6902 {
6903 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6904 }
6905 else
6906 {
6907 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6908 amount += ind_open_imag;
6909 else
6910 {
6911 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6912 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6913 if (amount < 0)
6914 amount = 0;
6915 }
6916 }
6917
6918 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6919
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006920 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006921 {
6922 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6923 amount += ind_case;
6924 }
6925 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6926 {
6927 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6928 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6929 }
6930 else
6931 {
6932 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6933 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6934
6935 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6936 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6937 }
6938 scope_amount = amount;
6939 whilelevel = 0;
6940
6941 /*
6942 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6943 * with that.
6944 *
6945 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6946 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6947 * that opens the block.
6948 */
6949 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6950 for (;;)
6951 {
6952 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6953 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6954
6955 /*
6956 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6957 * up with it.
6958 */
6959 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6960 {
6961 /* we reached end of scope:
6962 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6963 * go further back:
6964 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6965 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6966 * declaration:
6967 * int x,
6968 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6969 */
6970 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6971 {
6972 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6973 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6974 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6975 {
6976 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6977 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6978 * initialization) */
6979 if (cont_amount > 0)
6980 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006981 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006982 amount += ind_continuation;
6983 break;
6984 }
6985
6986 l = ml_get_curline();
6987
6988 /*
6989 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6990 * comment.
6991 */
6992 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6993 if (trypos != NULL)
6994 {
6995 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006996 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006997 continue;
6998 }
6999
7000 /*
7001 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7002 */
7003 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7004 continue;
7005
7006 if (cin_nocode(l))
7007 continue;
7008
7009 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7010
7011 /*
7012 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
7013 * function declaration, we are done
7014 * (it's a variable declaration).
7015 */
7016 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
7017 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7018 {
7019 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
7020 * it is a continued variable initialization.
7021 * don't add extra indent.
7022 * TODO: does not work, if a function
7023 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
7024 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
7025 */
7026 if (terminated == ',')
7027 break;
7028
7029 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
7030 * we are done.
7031 */
7032 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
7033 break;
7034
7035 /* nothing useful found */
7036 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
7037 continue;
7038 }
7039
7040 if (terminated != ';')
7041 {
7042 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7043 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7044 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7045 */ /* XXX */
7046 trypos = NULL;
7047 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7048 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7049 ind_maxcomment);
7050
7051 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7052 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7053
7054 if (trypos != NULL)
7055 {
7056 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007057 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007058 continue;
7059 }
7060 }
7061
7062 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7063 * like in
7064 * int a,
7065 * b;
7066 */
7067 if (cont_amount > 0)
7068 amount = cont_amount;
7069 else
7070 amount += ind_continuation;
7071 }
7072 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7073 {
7074 if (cont_amount > 0)
7075 amount = cont_amount;
7076 else
7077 amount += ind_continuation;
7078 }
7079 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7080 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7081 {
7082 amount = scope_amount;
7083 if (theline[0] == '{')
7084 amount += ind_open_extra;
7085 }
7086 break;
7087 }
7088
7089 /*
7090 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7091 */ /* XXX */
7092 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7093 {
7094 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007095 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007096 continue;
7097 }
7098
7099 l = ml_get_curline();
7100
7101 /*
7102 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007103 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007104 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007105 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007106 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7107 {
7108 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7109 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7110 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7111 break;
7112
7113 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7114 * labels. */
7115 if (whilelevel > 0)
7116 continue;
7117
7118 /*
7119 * case xx:
7120 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7121 *-> here;
7122 */
7123 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7124 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7125 {
7126 if (cont_amount > 0)
7127 amount = cont_amount;
7128 else
7129 amount += ind_continuation;
7130 break;
7131 }
7132
7133 /*
7134 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7135 * x = 333;
7136 * case yy:
7137 */
7138 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7139 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7140 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7141 {
7142 /*
7143 * Check that this case label is not for another
7144 * switch()
7145 */ /* XXX */
7146 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7147 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7148 {
7149 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7150 break;
7151 }
7152 continue;
7153 }
7154
7155 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7156
7157 /*
7158 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7159 * y = y + 1;
7160 * -> s = 99;
7161 *
7162 * case xx:
7163 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7164 * y = y + 1;
7165 * -> s = 99;
7166 */
7167 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7168 {
7169 if (n)
7170 amount = n;
7171
7172 if (!lookfor_break)
7173 break;
7174 }
7175
7176 /*
7177 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7178 * -> y = y + 1;
7179 *
7180 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7181 * -> y = y + 1;
7182 */
7183 if (n)
7184 {
7185 amount = n;
7186 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7187 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007188 {
7189 if (theline[0] == '{')
7190 amount += ind_open_extra;
7191 else
7192 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7193 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007194 break;
7195 }
7196
7197 /*
7198 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7199 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7200 * switch label.
7201 * break; <- may line up with this line
7202 * case xx:
7203 * -> y = 1;
7204 */
7205 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7206 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7207 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7208 continue;
7209 }
7210
7211 /*
7212 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7213 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7214 */
7215 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7216 {
7217 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7218 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007219 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007220 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007221 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7222 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007223 continue;
7224 }
7225
7226 /*
7227 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7228 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007229 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007230 {
7231 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7232 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7233 continue;
7234 }
7235
7236 /*
7237 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7238 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7239 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7240 * unlocked it)
7241 */
7242 l = ml_get_curline();
7243 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7244 || cin_nocode(l))
7245 continue;
7246
7247 /*
7248 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7249 * constructor initialization?
7250 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007251 n = FALSE;
7252 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7253 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007254 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007255 l = ml_get_curline();
7256 }
7257 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007258 {
7259 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7260 {
7261 if (cont_amount > 0)
7262 amount = cont_amount;
7263 else
7264 amount += ind_continuation;
7265 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007266 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007267 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007268 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7269 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7270 ind_continuation = 0;
7271 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007272 }
7273 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007274 /* XXX */
7275 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7276 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007277 break;
7278 }
7279 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7280 {
7281 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007282 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7283 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007284 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7285 break;
7286 else
7287 continue;
7288 }
7289
7290 /*
7291 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7292 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007293 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007294 * 123,
7295 * sizeof
7296 * here
7297 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7298 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7299 * (indented).
7300 */
7301 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7302
7303 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7304 && terminated == ','))
7305 {
7306 /*
7307 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7308 * go back to the line that starts it so
7309 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7310 * if ( foo &&
7311 * bar )
7312 */
7313 /*
7314 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7315 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7316 */
7317 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7318 trypos = find_match_paren(
7319 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7320 ind_maxcomment);
7321
7322 /*
7323 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7324 * braces.
7325 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007326 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7327 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007328 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7329
7330 if (trypos != NULL)
7331 {
7332 /*
7333 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7334 * handled above.
7335 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7336 * asdf)
7337 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007338 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007339 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007340 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007341 {
7342 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007343 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007344 continue;
7345 }
7346 }
7347
7348 /*
7349 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7350 * indent from
7351 * char *usethis = "bla\
7352 * bla",
7353 * here;
7354 */
7355 if (terminated == ',')
7356 {
7357 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7358 {
7359 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7360 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7361 break;
7362 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007363 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007364 }
7365 }
7366
7367 /*
7368 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7369 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7370 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007371 if (!ind_js)
7372 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007373 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007374 else
7375 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007376 /*
7377 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7378 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7379 * while (not)
7380 * -> {
7381 * }
7382 */
7383 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7384 && theline[0] == '{')
7385 {
7386 amount = cur_amount;
7387 /*
7388 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7389 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7390 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7391 * { 1, 2 },
7392 * -> { 3, 4 }
7393 */
7394 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7395 amount += ind_open_extra;
7396
7397 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7398 {
7399 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7400 * class declaration or initialization */
7401 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7402 continue;
7403 }
7404 break;
7405 }
7406
7407 /*
7408 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7409 * Also allow " } else".
7410 */
7411 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7412 {
7413 /*
7414 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7415 * with the last one.
7416 * if (cond)
7417 * 100 +
7418 * -> here;
7419 */
7420 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7421 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7422 {
7423 if (cont_amount > 0)
7424 amount = cont_amount;
7425 else
7426 amount += ind_continuation;
7427 break;
7428 }
7429
7430 /*
7431 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7432 * are finished.
7433 * while (not)
7434 * -> here;
7435 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7436 * before this is terminated.
7437 * yyy;
7438 * if (stat)
7439 * while (not)
7440 * xxx;
7441 * -> here;
7442 */
7443 amount = cur_amount;
7444 if (theline[0] == '{')
7445 amount += ind_open_extra;
7446 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7447 {
7448 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7449 break;
7450 }
7451
7452 /*
7453 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7454 * do, line up with the while()
7455 * do
7456 * x = 1;
7457 * -> here
7458 */
7459 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7460 if (cin_isdo(l))
7461 {
7462 if (whilelevel == 0)
7463 break;
7464 --whilelevel;
7465 }
7466
7467 /*
7468 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7469 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7470 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7471 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7472 */
7473 if (cin_iselse(l)
7474 && whilelevel == 0
7475 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7476 == NULL
7477 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7478 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7479 break;
7480 }
7481
7482 /*
7483 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7484 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007485 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007486 * the line before this one.
7487 */
7488 else
7489 {
7490 /*
7491 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7492 * the last one.
7493 * c = 99 +
7494 * 100 +
7495 * -> here;
7496 */
7497 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7498 {
7499 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7500 if (terminated == ',')
7501 amount += ind_continuation;
7502 break;
7503 }
7504
7505 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7506 {
7507 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7508 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7509 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7510 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7511 * enumerations/initializations. */
7512 if (terminated == ',')
7513 {
7514 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7515 break;
7516
7517 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7518 continue;
7519 }
7520
7521 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7522 * reduce indent. */
7523 if (amount > cur_amount)
7524 amount = cur_amount;
7525 }
7526 else
7527 {
7528 /*
7529 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7530 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7531 * 100 +
7532 * -> here;
7533 */
7534 amount = cur_amount;
7535
7536 /*
7537 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7538 * are in an initialization or enum
7539 * struct xxx =
7540 * {
7541 * sizeof a,
7542 * 124 };
7543 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7544 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7545 * yet.
7546 */
7547 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7548 {
7549 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7550 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7551 }
7552 else
7553 {
7554 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7555 && *l != NUL
7556 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7557 /* XXX */
7558 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7559 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7560 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7561 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7562 }
7563 }
7564 }
7565 }
7566
7567 /*
7568 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7569 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7570 */
7571 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007572 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7573 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007574 {
7575 /*
7576 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7577 * with the last one.
7578 * while (cond);
7579 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7580 * -> here;
7581 */
7582 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7583 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7584 {
7585 if (cont_amount > 0)
7586 amount = cont_amount;
7587 else
7588 amount += ind_continuation;
7589 break;
7590 }
7591
7592 if (whilelevel == 0)
7593 {
7594 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7595 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7596 if (theline[0] == '{')
7597 amount += ind_open_extra;
7598 }
7599 ++whilelevel;
7600 }
7601
7602 /*
7603 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7604 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7605 * indent of that other statement.
7606 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7607 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7608 */
7609 else
7610 {
7611 /*
7612 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7613 * may be lined up with the case label.
7614 */
7615 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7616 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7617 {
7618 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7619 continue;
7620 }
7621
7622 /*
7623 * Handle "do {" line.
7624 */
7625 if (whilelevel > 0)
7626 {
7627 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7628 if (cin_isdo(l))
7629 {
7630 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7631 --whilelevel;
7632 continue;
7633 }
7634 }
7635
7636 /*
7637 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7638 * the amount for a continuation line.
7639 * x = 1;
7640 * y = foo +
7641 * -> here;
7642 * or
7643 * int x = 1;
7644 * int foo,
7645 * -> here;
7646 */
7647 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7648 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7649 {
7650 if (cont_amount > 0)
7651 amount = cont_amount;
7652 else
7653 amount += ind_continuation;
7654 break;
7655 }
7656
7657 /*
7658 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7659 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7660 * x = 1; x = 1;
7661 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7662 * while (asdf) ->here;
7663 * here;
7664 * ->foo;
7665 */
7666 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7667 {
7668 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7669 break;
7670 }
7671
7672 /*
7673 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7674 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7675 * a terminated line.
7676 */
7677 else
7678 {
7679 /*
7680 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7681 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7682 * the line. Helps for:
7683 * func(asdr,
7684 * asdfasdf);
7685 * here;
7686 */
7687term_again:
7688 l = ml_get_curline();
7689 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7690 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7691 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7692 {
7693 /*
7694 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7695 * handled above.
7696 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7697 * asdf)
7698 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007699 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007700 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007701 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007702 {
7703 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007704 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007705 continue;
7706 }
7707 }
7708
7709 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7710 * with a statement after it.
7711 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7712 * stat;
7713 * }
7714 * case 2:
7715 * stat;
7716 * }
7717 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007718 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007719
7720 /*
7721 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7722 * ignoring any jump label.
7723 */
7724 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7725 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7726
7727 if (theline[0] == '{')
7728 amount += ind_open_extra;
7729 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007730 l = skipwhite(l);
7731 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007732 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7733 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7734
7735 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007736 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7737 * the matching "if":
7738 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007739 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007740 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7741 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7742 */
7743 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7744 && *l != '}'
7745 && cin_iselse(l)
7746 && whilelevel == 0)
7747 {
7748 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7749 == NULL
7750 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7751 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7752 break;
7753 continue;
7754 }
7755
7756 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007757 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7758 * that block.
7759 */
7760 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7761 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7762 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7763 != NULL) /* XXX */
7764 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007765 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007766 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7767 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7768 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7769 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7770 goto term_again;
7771 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007772 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007773 }
7774 }
7775 }
7776 }
7777 }
7778 }
7779
7780 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7781 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7782 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007783
7784 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7785 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7786 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007787 }
7788
7789 /*
7790 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7791 *
7792 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7793 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7794 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7795 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7796 */
7797 else
7798 {
7799 /*
7800 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7801 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7802 * of a function
7803 */
7804
7805 if (theline[0] == '{')
7806 {
7807 amount = ind_first_open;
7808 }
7809
7810 /*
7811 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7812 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007813 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7814 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7815 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007816 */
7817 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7818 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007819 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7820 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007821 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7822 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7823 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7824 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7825 {
7826 amount = ind_func_type;
7827 }
7828 else
7829 {
7830 amount = 0;
7831 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7832
7833 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7834
7835 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7836 {
7837 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7838 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7839
7840 l = ml_get_curline();
7841
7842 /*
7843 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7844 */ /* XXX */
7845 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7846 {
7847 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007848 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007849 continue;
7850 }
7851
7852 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007853 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7854 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007855 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007856 n = FALSE;
7857 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7858 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007859 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007860 l = ml_get_curline();
7861 }
7862 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007863 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007864 /* XXX */
7865 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7866 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007867 break;
7868 }
7869
7870 /*
7871 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7872 */
7873 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7874 continue;
7875
7876 if (cin_nocode(l))
7877 continue;
7878
7879 /*
7880 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7881 * indentation:
7882 * int foo,
7883 * bar;
7884 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7885 * enum foobar
7886 * {
7887 * ...
7888 * } foo,
7889 * bar;
7890 */
7891 n = 0;
7892 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7893 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7894 {
7895 /* take us back to opening paren */
7896 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7897 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7898 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007899 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007900
7901 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7902 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7903 * char *foo = "bla\
7904 * bla",
7905 * here;
7906 */
7907 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7908 {
7909 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7910 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7911 break;
7912 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007913 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007914 }
7915
7916 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7917
7918 if (amount == 0)
7919 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7920 if (amount == 0)
7921 amount = ind_continuation;
7922 break;
7923 }
7924
7925 /*
7926 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7927 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7928 */
7929 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7930 break;
7931 l = ml_get_curline();
7932
7933 /*
7934 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7935 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7936 */
7937 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7938 break;
7939
7940 /* (matching {)
7941 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7942 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7943 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7944 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7945 */
7946 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7947 break;
7948
7949 /*
7950 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7951 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7952 * parameters.
7953 */
7954 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7955 {
7956 amount = ind_param;
7957 break;
7958 }
7959
7960 /*
7961 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7962 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7963 * int foo,
7964 * bar;
7965 * indent_to_0 here;
7966 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007967 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007968 {
7969 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7970 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7971 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7972 break;
7973 l = ml_get_curline();
7974 }
7975
7976 /*
7977 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7978 * use the indent of this line.
7979 *
7980 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7981 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7982 */
7983 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7984
7985 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7986 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007987 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007988 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7989 break;
7990 }
7991
7992 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7993 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7994 amount += ind_comment;
7995
7996 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7997 * "asdfasdf\
7998 * here";
7999 * char *foo = "asdf\
8000 * here";
8001 */
8002 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
8003 {
8004 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8005 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
8006 {
8007 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8008 if (cur_amount > 0)
8009 amount = cur_amount;
8010 else if (cur_amount == 0)
8011 amount += ind_continuation;
8012 }
8013 }
8014 }
8015 }
8016
8017theend:
8018 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
8019 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
8020
8021 vim_free(linecopy);
8022
8023 if (amount < 0)
8024 return 0;
8025 return amount;
8026}
8027
8028 static int
8029find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
8030 int lookfor;
8031 linenr_T ourscope;
8032 int ind_maxparen;
8033 int ind_maxcomment;
8034{
8035 char_u *look;
8036 pos_T *theirscope;
8037 char_u *mightbeif;
8038 int elselevel;
8039 int whilelevel;
8040
8041 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8042 {
8043 elselevel = 1;
8044 whilelevel = 0;
8045 }
8046 else
8047 {
8048 elselevel = 0;
8049 whilelevel = 1;
8050 }
8051
8052 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8053
8054 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8055 {
8056 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8057 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8058
8059 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8060 if (cin_iselse(look)
8061 || cin_isif(look)
8062 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8063 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8064 {
8065 /*
8066 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8067 * we must be out of scope...
8068 */
8069 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8070 if (theirscope == NULL)
8071 break;
8072
8073 /*
8074 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8075 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8076 * out of luck too.
8077 */
8078 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8079 break;
8080
8081 /*
8082 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8083 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8084 * different scope...
8085 */
8086 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8087 continue;
8088
8089 /*
8090 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8091 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8092 * increment elselevel
8093 */
8094 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8095 if (cin_iselse(look))
8096 {
8097 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8098 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8099 ++elselevel;
8100 continue;
8101 }
8102
8103 /*
8104 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8105 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8106 */
8107 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8108 {
8109 ++whilelevel;
8110 continue;
8111 }
8112
8113 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8114 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8115 if (cin_isif(look))
8116 {
8117 elselevel--;
8118 /*
8119 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8120 * get in the way.
8121 */
8122 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8123 whilelevel = 0;
8124 }
8125
8126 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8127 if (cin_isdo(look))
8128 whilelevel--;
8129
8130 /*
8131 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8132 * this must be the if that we want!
8133 * match the indent level of that if.
8134 */
8135 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8136 {
8137 return OK;
8138 }
8139 }
8140 }
8141 return FAIL;
8142}
8143
8144# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8145/*
8146 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8147 */
8148 int
8149get_expr_indent()
8150{
8151 int indent;
8152 pos_T pos;
8153 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008154 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8155 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008156
8157 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8158 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008159 if (use_sandbox)
8160 ++sandbox;
8161 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008162 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008163 if (use_sandbox)
8164 --sandbox;
8165 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008166
8167 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8168 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8169 * command. */
8170 save_State = State;
8171 State = INSERT;
8172 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8173 check_cursor();
8174 State = save_State;
8175
8176 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8177 if (indent < 0)
8178 indent = get_indent();
8179
8180 return indent;
8181}
8182# endif
8183
8184#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8185
8186#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8187
8188static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8189
8190 static int
8191lisp_match(p)
8192 char_u *p;
8193{
8194 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8195 int len;
8196 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8197
8198 while (*word != NUL)
8199 {
8200 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8201 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8202 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8203 return TRUE;
8204 }
8205 return FALSE;
8206}
8207
8208/*
8209 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8210 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8211 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8212 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8213 *
8214 * TODO:
8215 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8216 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8217 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8218 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8219 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8220 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008221 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8222 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008223 */
8224 int
8225get_lisp_indent()
8226{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008227 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008228 int amount;
8229 char_u *that;
8230 colnr_T col;
8231 colnr_T firsttry;
8232 int parencount, quotecount;
8233 int vi_lisp;
8234
8235 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8236 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8237
8238 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8239 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8240
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008241 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8242 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8243 else
8244 {
8245 paren = *pos;
8246 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8247 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8248 pos = &paren;
8249 }
8250 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008251 {
8252 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8253 * line that is at the same () level. */
8254 amount = -1;
8255 parencount = 0;
8256
8257 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8258 {
8259 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8260 continue;
8261 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8262 {
8263 if (*that == ';')
8264 {
8265 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8266 ++that;
8267 continue;
8268 }
8269 if (*that == '\\')
8270 {
8271 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8272 ++that;
8273 continue;
8274 }
8275 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8276 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008277 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8278 {
8279 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8280 if (*that == '\\')
8281 {
8282 if (*++that == NUL)
8283 break;
8284 if (that[1] == NUL)
8285 {
8286 ++that;
8287 break;
8288 }
8289 }
8290 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008291 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008292 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008293 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008294 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008295 --parencount;
8296 }
8297 if (parencount == 0)
8298 {
8299 amount = get_indent();
8300 break;
8301 }
8302 }
8303
8304 if (amount == -1)
8305 {
8306 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8307 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8308 col = pos->col;
8309
8310 that = ml_get_curline();
8311
8312 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8313 amount = 2;
8314 else
8315 {
8316 amount = 0;
8317 while (*that && col)
8318 {
8319 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8320 col--;
8321 }
8322
8323 /*
8324 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8325 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8326 *
8327 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8328 * (...)) of (...))
8329 */
8330
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008331 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8332 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008333 amount += 2;
8334 else
8335 {
8336 that++;
8337 amount++;
8338 firsttry = amount;
8339
8340 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8341 {
8342 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8343 ++that;
8344 }
8345
8346 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8347 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008348 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008349 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008350 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008351 firsttry++;
8352
8353 parencount = 0;
8354 quotecount = 0;
8355
8356 if (vi_lisp
8357 || (*that != '"'
8358 && *that != '\''
8359 && *that != '#'
8360 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8361 {
8362 while (*that
8363 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8364 || quotecount
8365 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008366 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008367 && !quotecount
8368 && !parencount
8369 && vi_lisp)))
8370 {
8371 if (*that == '"')
8372 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008373 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8374 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008375 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008376 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8377 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008378 --parencount;
8379 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8380 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8381 (colnr_T)amount);
8382 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8383 (colnr_T)amount);
8384 }
8385 }
8386 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8387 {
8388 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8389 that++;
8390 }
8391 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8392 amount = firsttry;
8393 }
8394 }
8395 }
8396 }
8397 }
8398 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008399 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008400
8401 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8402
8403 return amount;
8404}
8405#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8406
8407 void
8408prepare_to_exit()
8409{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008410#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8411 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8412 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8413 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008414 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8415#endif
8416
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008417#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8418 if (gui.in_use)
8419 {
8420 gui.dying = TRUE;
8421 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8422 }
8423 else
8424#endif
8425 {
8426 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8427
8428 /*
8429 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8430 * screen (if there are two screens).
8431 */
8432 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8433#ifdef WIN3264
8434 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8435#endif
8436 stoptermcap();
8437 out_flush();
8438 }
8439}
8440
8441/*
8442 * Preserve files and exit.
8443 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8444 */
8445 void
8446preserve_exit()
8447{
8448 buf_T *buf;
8449
8450 prepare_to_exit();
8451
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008452 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8453 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8454 really_exiting = TRUE;
8455
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008456 out_str(IObuff);
8457 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8458 out_flush();
8459
8460 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8461
8462 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8463 {
8464 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8465 {
8466 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8467 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8468 out_flush();
8469 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8470 break;
8471 }
8472 }
8473
8474 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8475
8476 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8477
8478 getout(1);
8479}
8480
8481/*
8482 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8483 */
8484 int
8485vim_fexists(fname)
8486 char_u *fname;
8487{
8488 struct stat st;
8489
8490 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8491 return FALSE;
8492 return TRUE;
8493}
8494
8495/*
8496 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8497 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8498 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8499 * time, because it can be a system call.
8500 */
8501
8502#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8503# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8504# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8505# else
8506# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8507# endif
8508#endif
8509
8510static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8511
8512 void
8513line_breakcheck()
8514{
8515 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8516 {
8517 breakcheck_count = 0;
8518 ui_breakcheck();
8519 }
8520}
8521
8522/*
8523 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8524 */
8525 void
8526fast_breakcheck()
8527{
8528 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8529 {
8530 breakcheck_count = 0;
8531 ui_breakcheck();
8532 }
8533}
8534
8535/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008536 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8537 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8538 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8539 */
8540 int
8541expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8542 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8543 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8544 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8545 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8546{
8547 int ret = FAIL;
8548 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8549 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8550 char_u *ignored_msg;
8551 int usedlen;
8552
8553 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8554 {
8555 ++emsg_off;
8556 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8557 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8558 --emsg_off;
8559 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8560 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8561 }
8562
8563 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8564 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8565
8566 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8567 {
8568 vim_free(exp_pat);
8569 vim_free(eval_pat);
8570 }
8571
8572 return ret;
8573}
8574
8575/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008576 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8577 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008578 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008579 */
8580 int
8581expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8582 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8583 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8584 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8585 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8586 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8587{
8588 int retval;
8589 int i, j;
8590 char_u *p;
8591 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8592
8593 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8594
8595 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008596 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008597 return retval;
8598
8599#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8600 /*
8601 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8602 */
8603 if (*p_wig)
8604 {
8605 char_u *ffname;
8606
8607 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8608 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8609 {
8610 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8611 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8612 break;
8613# ifdef VMS
8614 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8615# endif
8616 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8617 {
8618 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8619 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8620 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8621 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8622 --*num_file;
8623 --i;
8624 }
8625 vim_free(ffname);
8626 }
8627 }
8628#endif
8629
8630 /*
8631 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8632 */
8633 if (*num_file > 1)
8634 {
8635 non_suf_match = 0;
8636 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8637 {
8638 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8639 {
8640 /*
8641 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8642 * of the list.
8643 */
8644 p = (*file)[i];
8645 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8646 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8647 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8648 }
8649 }
8650 }
8651
8652 return retval;
8653}
8654
8655/*
8656 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8657 */
8658 int
8659match_suffix(fname)
8660 char_u *fname;
8661{
8662 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8663 char_u *setsuf;
8664#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8665 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8666
8667 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8668 setsuflen = 0;
8669 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8670 {
8671 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008672 if (setsuflen == 0)
8673 {
8674 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8675
8676 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8677 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8678 {
8679 setsuflen = 1;
8680 break;
8681 }
8682 }
8683 else
8684 {
8685 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8686 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8687 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8688 break;
8689 setsuflen = 0;
8690 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008691 }
8692 return (setsuflen != 0);
8693}
8694
8695#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8696
8697# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8698static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8699static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8700# endif
8701
8702# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8703/*
8704 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8705 * it's shared between these systems.
8706 */
8707# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8708# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8709# else
8710# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8711# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8712# endif
8713# endif
8714
8715/*
8716 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8717 */
8718 static int _cdecl
8719pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8720{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008721 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008722}
8723
8724# ifndef WIN3264
8725 static void
8726namelowcpy(
8727 char_u *d,
8728 char_u *s)
8729{
8730# ifdef DJGPP
8731 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8732 while (*s)
8733 *d++ = *s++;
8734 else
8735# endif
8736 while (*s)
8737 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8738 *d = NUL;
8739}
8740# endif
8741
8742/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008743 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8744 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008745 * Return the number of matches found.
8746 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8747 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008748 * Return the number of matches found.
8749 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008750 */
8751 static int
8752dos_expandpath(
8753 garray_T *gap,
8754 char_u *path,
8755 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008756 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008757 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008758{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008759 char_u *buf;
8760 char_u *path_end;
8761 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8762 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8763 char_u *pat;
8764 regmatch_T regmatch;
8765 int starts_with_dot;
8766 int matches;
8767 int len;
8768 int starstar = FALSE;
8769 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008770#ifdef WIN3264
8771 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8772 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8773# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8774 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8775 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8776# endif
8777#else
8778 struct ffblk fb;
8779#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008780 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008781 int ok;
8782
8783 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8784 if (stardepth > 0)
8785 {
8786 ui_breakcheck();
8787 if (got_int)
8788 return 0;
8789 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008790
8791 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008792 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008793 if (buf == NULL)
8794 return 0;
8795
8796 /*
8797 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8798 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8799 */
8800 p = buf;
8801 s = buf;
8802 e = NULL;
8803 path_end = path;
8804 while (*path_end != NUL)
8805 {
8806 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8807 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8808 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8809 *p++ = *path_end++;
8810 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8811 {
8812 if (e != NULL)
8813 break;
8814 s = p + 1;
8815 }
8816 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8817 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8818 e = p;
8819#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8820 if (has_mbyte)
8821 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008822 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008823 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8824 p += len;
8825 path_end += len;
8826 }
8827 else
8828#endif
8829 *p++ = *path_end++;
8830 }
8831 e = p;
8832 *e = NUL;
8833
8834 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8835 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8836 * component. */
8837 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8838 if (rem_backslash(p))
8839 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008840 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008841 --e;
8842 --s;
8843 }
8844
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008845 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8846 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8847 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8848 starstar = TRUE;
8849
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008850 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8851 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8852 if (pat == NULL)
8853 {
8854 vim_free(buf);
8855 return 0;
8856 }
8857
8858 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8859 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8860 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8861 vim_free(pat);
8862
8863 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8864 {
8865 vim_free(buf);
8866 return 0;
8867 }
8868
8869 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8870 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8871
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008872 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8873 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8874 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8875 && *path_end == '/')
8876 {
8877 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8878 ++stardepth;
8879 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8880 --stardepth;
8881 }
8882
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008883 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8884 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8885#ifdef WIN3264
8886# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8887 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8888 {
8889 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8890 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8891 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008892 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008893 if (wn != NULL)
8894 {
8895 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8896 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8897 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8898 {
8899 vim_free(wn);
8900 wn = NULL;
8901 }
8902 }
8903 }
8904
8905 if (wn == NULL)
8906# endif
8907 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8908 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8909#else
8910 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8911 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8912 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8913#endif
8914
8915 while (ok)
8916 {
8917#ifdef WIN3264
8918# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8919 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008920 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008921 else
8922# endif
8923 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8924#else
8925 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8926#endif
8927 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8928 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8929 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8930 && (matchname == NULL
8931 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8932 {
8933#ifdef WIN3264
8934 STRCPY(s, p);
8935#else
8936 namelowcpy(s, p);
8937#endif
8938 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008939
8940 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8941 {
8942 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8943 * find matches. */
8944 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8945 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8946 ++stardepth;
8947 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8948 --stardepth;
8949 }
8950
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008951 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8952 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8953 {
8954 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8955 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008956 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008957 }
8958 else
8959 {
8960 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8961 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8962 if (*path_end != 0)
8963 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8964 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8965 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8966 }
8967 }
8968
8969#ifdef WIN3264
8970# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8971 if (wn != NULL)
8972 {
8973 vim_free(p);
8974 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8975 }
8976 else
8977# endif
8978 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8979#else
8980 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8981#endif
8982
8983 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8984 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8985 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8986 {
8987 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8988#ifdef WIN3264
8989 FindClose(hFind);
8990# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8991 if (wn != NULL)
8992 {
8993 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008994 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008995 if (wn != NULL)
8996 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8997 }
8998 if (wn == NULL)
8999# endif
9000 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
9001 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
9002#else
9003 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
9004 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
9005#endif
9006 vim_free(matchname);
9007 matchname = NULL;
9008 }
9009 }
9010
9011#ifdef WIN3264
9012 FindClose(hFind);
9013# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9014 vim_free(wn);
9015# endif
9016#endif
9017 vim_free(buf);
9018 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9019 vim_free(matchname);
9020
9021 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9022 if (matches > 0)
9023 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
9024 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9025 return matches;
9026}
9027
9028 int
9029mch_expandpath(
9030 garray_T *gap,
9031 char_u *path,
9032 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
9033{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009034 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009035}
9036# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
9037
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009038#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
9039 || defined(PROTO)
9040/*
9041 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9042 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9043 */
9044static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9045
9046 static int
9047pstrcmp(a, b)
9048 const void *a, *b;
9049{
9050 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9051}
9052
9053/*
9054 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9055 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9056 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9057 * at "path + wildoff".
9058 * Return the number of matches found.
9059 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9060 */
9061 int
9062unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9063 garray_T *gap;
9064 char_u *path;
9065 int wildoff;
9066 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9067 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9068{
9069 char_u *buf;
9070 char_u *path_end;
9071 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9072 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9073 char_u *pat;
9074 regmatch_T regmatch;
9075 int starts_with_dot;
9076 int matches;
9077 int len;
9078 int starstar = FALSE;
9079 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9080
9081 DIR *dirp;
9082 struct dirent *dp;
9083
9084 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9085 if (stardepth > 0)
9086 {
9087 ui_breakcheck();
9088 if (got_int)
9089 return 0;
9090 }
9091
9092 /* make room for file name */
9093 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9094 if (buf == NULL)
9095 return 0;
9096
9097 /*
9098 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9099 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9100 */
9101 p = buf;
9102 s = buf;
9103 e = NULL;
9104 path_end = path;
9105 while (*path_end != NUL)
9106 {
9107 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9108 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9109 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9110 *p++ = *path_end++;
9111 else if (*path_end == '/')
9112 {
9113 if (e != NULL)
9114 break;
9115 s = p + 1;
9116 }
9117 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9118 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9119 e = p;
9120#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9121 if (has_mbyte)
9122 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009123 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009124 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9125 p += len;
9126 path_end += len;
9127 }
9128 else
9129#endif
9130 *p++ = *path_end++;
9131 }
9132 e = p;
9133 *e = NUL;
9134
9135 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9136 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9137 * component. */
9138 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9139 if (rem_backslash(p))
9140 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009141 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009142 --e;
9143 --s;
9144 }
9145
9146 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9147 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9148 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9149 starstar = TRUE;
9150
9151 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9152 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9153 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9154 if (pat == NULL)
9155 {
9156 vim_free(buf);
9157 return 0;
9158 }
9159
9160 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009161#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009162 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9163#else
9164 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
9165#endif
9166 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9167 vim_free(pat);
9168
9169 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9170 {
9171 vim_free(buf);
9172 return 0;
9173 }
9174
9175 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9176 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9177 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9178 && *path_end == '/')
9179 {
9180 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9181 ++stardepth;
9182 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9183 --stardepth;
9184 }
9185
9186 /* open the directory for scanning */
9187 *s = NUL;
9188 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9189
9190 /* Find all matching entries */
9191 if (dirp != NULL)
9192 {
9193 for (;;)
9194 {
9195 dp = readdir(dirp);
9196 if (dp == NULL)
9197 break;
9198 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9199 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9200 {
9201 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9202 len = STRLEN(buf);
9203
9204 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9205 {
9206 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9207 * find matches. */
9208 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9209 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9210 ++stardepth;
9211 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9212 --stardepth;
9213 }
9214
9215 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9216 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9217 {
9218 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9219 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9220 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9221 }
9222 else
9223 {
9224 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9225 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9226 if (*path_end != NUL)
9227 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9228 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9229 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009230#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009231 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9232 char_u *precomp_buf =
9233 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009234
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009235 if (precomp_buf)
9236 {
9237 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9238 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9239 }
9240#endif
9241 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9242 }
9243 }
9244 }
9245 }
9246
9247 closedir(dirp);
9248 }
9249
9250 vim_free(buf);
9251 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9252
9253 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9254 if (matches > 0)
9255 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9256 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9257 return matches;
9258}
9259#endif
9260
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009261#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9262static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9263static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009264static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap));
9265static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009266static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9267static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9268
9269/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009270 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path".
9271 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009272 */
9273 static int
9274find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9275 char_u *path;
9276 char_u **psep;
9277{
9278 /* skip the current separator */
9279 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009280 --*psep;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009281
9282 /* find the previous separator */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009283 while (*psep > path)
9284 {
9285 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9286 return OK;
9287 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep);
9288 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009289
9290 return FAIL;
9291}
9292
9293/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009294 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap".
9295 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009296 */
9297 static int
9298is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9299 char_u *maybe_unique;
9300 garray_T *gap;
9301 int i;
9302{
9303 int j;
9304 int candidate_len;
9305 int other_path_len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009306 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009307 char_u *rival;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009308
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009309 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009310 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009311 if (j == i)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009312 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009313
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009314 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9315 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009316 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009317 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009318
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009319 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
Bram Moolenaarda9836c2010-08-16 21:53:27 +02009320 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0
9321 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1))))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009322 return FALSE; /* match */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009323 }
9324
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009325 return TRUE; /* no match found */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009326}
9327
9328/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02009329 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009330 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
9331 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
9332 * directory) notations.
9333 *
9334 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
9335 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
9336 */
9337 static void
9338expand_path_option(curdir, gap)
9339 char_u *curdir;
9340 garray_T *gap;
9341{
9342 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9343 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9344 char_u *buf;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009345 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009346 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009347
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009348 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009349 return;
9350
9351 while (*path_option != NUL)
9352 {
9353 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
9354
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009355 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1])))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009356 {
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009357 /* Relative to current buffer:
9358 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/"
9359 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009360 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
9361 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009362 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname);
9363 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname);
9364 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL)
9365 continue;
9366 if (buf[1] == NUL)
9367 buf[len] = NUL;
9368 else
9369 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2);
9370 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len);
9371 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009372 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009373 else if (buf[0] == NUL)
9374 /* relative to current directory */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009375 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009376 else if (path_with_url(buf))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009377 /* URL can't be used here */
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009378 continue;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009379 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
9380 {
9381 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009382 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
9383 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009384 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009385 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009386 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009387 buf[len] = PATHSEP;
Bram Moolenaar57adda12010-08-03 22:11:29 +02009388 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009389 }
9390
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009391 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9392 break;
9393 p = vim_strsave(buf);
9394 if (p == NULL)
9395 break;
9396 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009397 }
9398
9399 vim_free(buf);
9400}
9401
9402/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009403 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the
9404 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009405 *
9406 * path: /foo/bar/baz
9407 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009408 * returns: ^this
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009409 */
9410 static char_u *
9411get_path_cutoff(fname, gap)
9412 char_u *fname;
9413 garray_T *gap;
9414{
9415 int i;
9416 int maxlen = 0;
9417 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9418 char_u *cutoff = NULL;
9419
9420 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9421 {
9422 int j = 0;
9423
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009424 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009425# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009426 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
9427#endif
9428 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009429 j++;
9430 if (j > maxlen)
9431 {
9432 maxlen = j;
9433 cutoff = &fname[j];
9434 }
9435 }
9436
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009437 /* skip to the file or directory name */
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009438 if (cutoff != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009439 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff))
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009440 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009441
9442 return cutoff;
9443}
9444
9445/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009446 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so
9447 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part
9448 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009449 */
9450 static void
9451uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009452 garray_T *gap;
9453 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009454{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009455 int i;
9456 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009457 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009458 int sort_again = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009459 char_u *pat;
9460 char_u *file_pattern;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009461 char_u *curdir;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009462 regmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009463 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009464 char_u **in_curdir = NULL;
9465 char_u *short_name;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009466
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009467 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009468 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009469
9470 /*
9471 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9472 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009473 * possible patterns?
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009474 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009475 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009476 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009477 if (file_pattern == NULL)
9478 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009479 file_pattern[0] = '*';
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009480 file_pattern[1] = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009481 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9482 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9483 vim_free(file_pattern);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009484 if (pat == NULL)
9485 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009486
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009487 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9488 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9489 vim_free(pat);
9490 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009491 return;
9492
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009493 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009494 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009495 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009496 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009497
9498 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *));
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009499 if (in_curdir == NULL)
9500 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009501
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009502 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009503 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009504 char_u *path = fnames[i];
9505 int is_in_curdir;
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009506 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009507 char_u *pathsep_p;
9508 char_u *path_cutoff;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009509
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009510 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009511 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009512 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009513 if (is_in_curdir)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009514 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009515
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009516 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
9517 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009518
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009519 /* we start at the end of the path */
9520 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9521
9522 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9523 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9524 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
9525 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
9526 {
9527 sort_again = TRUE;
9528 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9529 break;
9530 }
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009531
9532 if (mch_isFullName(path))
9533 {
9534 /*
9535 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
9536 * 'possible' means:
9537 * 1. It is under the current directory.
9538 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
9539 *
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009540 * Before curdir After
9541 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
9542 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
9543 * /file.txt / /file.txt
9544 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009545 */
9546 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009547 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1
9548#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009549 /* On windows,
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009550 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b")
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009551 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009552 * name, hence: */
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009553 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name)
9554#endif
9555 )
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009556 {
9557 STRCPY(path, ".");
9558 add_pathsep(path);
Bram Moolenaarcda000e2010-08-14 13:34:39 +02009559 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name);
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009560 }
9561 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009562 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009563 }
9564
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009565 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009566 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009567 {
9568 char_u *rel_path;
9569 char_u *path = in_curdir[i];
9570
9571 if (path == NULL)
9572 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009573
9574 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}.
9575 * Else reduce it to {filename} */
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009576 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
9577 if (short_name == NULL)
9578 short_name = path;
9579 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
9580 {
9581 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name);
9582 continue;
9583 }
9584
9585 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
9586 if (rel_path == NULL)
9587 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009588 STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
9589 add_pathsep(rel_path);
9590 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
9591
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009592 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9593 fnames[i] = rel_path;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009594 sort_again = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009595 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009596 }
9597
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009598theend:
9599 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009600 if (in_curdir != NULL)
9601 {
9602 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9603 vim_free(in_curdir[i]);
9604 vim_free(in_curdir);
9605 }
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009606 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009607 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009608
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009609 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009610 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009611}
9612
9613/*
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009614 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
9615 * result in "gap".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009616 * Returns the total number of matches.
9617 */
9618 static int
9619expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9620 garray_T *gap;
9621 char_u *pattern;
9622 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9623{
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009624 char_u *curdir;
9625 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009626 char_u *files = NULL;
9627 char_u *s; /* start */
9628 char_u *e; /* end */
9629 char_u *paths = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009630
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009631 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009632 return 0;
9633 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
9634
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009635 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009636 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9637 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar006d2b02010-08-04 12:39:44 +02009638 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
9639 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009640
9641 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga);
9642 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
9643 if (paths == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009644 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009645
9646 files = globpath(paths, pattern, 0);
9647 vim_free(paths);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009648 if (files == NULL)
9649 return 0;
9650
9651 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9652 s = e = files;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009653 while (*s != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009654 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009655 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009656 e++;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009657 if (*e == NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009658 {
9659 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9660 break;
9661 }
9662 else
9663 {
9664 /* *e is '\n' */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009665 *e = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009666 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9667 e++;
9668 s = e;
9669 }
9670 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009671 vim_free(files);
9672
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009673 return gap->ga_len;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009674}
9675#endif
9676
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009677#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9678/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009679 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a
9680 * list of file names in allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009681 */
9682 void
9683remove_duplicates(gap)
9684 garray_T *gap;
9685{
9686 int i;
9687 int j;
9688 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9689
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009690 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009691 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
9692 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9693 {
9694 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9695 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9696 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9697 --gap->ga_len;
9698 }
9699}
9700#endif
9701
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009702/*
9703 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9704 *
9705 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9706 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9707 *
9708 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9709 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9710 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9711 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9712 */
9713 int
9714gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9715 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9716 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9717 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9718 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9719 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9720{
9721 int i;
9722 garray_T ga;
9723 char_u *p;
9724 static int recursive = FALSE;
9725 int add_pat;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009726#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9727 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE;
9728#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009729
9730 /*
9731 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9732 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9733 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9734 * return FAIL.
9735 */
9736 if (recursive)
9737#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9738 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9739#else
9740 return FAIL;
9741#endif
9742
9743#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9744 /*
9745 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9746 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9747 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9748 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9749 */
9750 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9751 {
9752 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9753# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9754 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9755# endif
9756 )
9757 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9758 }
9759#endif
9760
9761 recursive = TRUE;
9762
9763 /*
9764 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9765 */
9766 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9767
9768 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9769 {
9770 add_pat = -1;
9771 p = pat[i];
9772
9773#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9774 if (vim_backtick(p))
9775 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9776 else
9777#endif
9778 {
9779 /*
9780 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9781 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009782 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009783 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009784 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009785 if (p == NULL)
9786 p = pat[i];
9787#ifdef UNIX
9788 /*
9789 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9790 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9791 * found file names and start all over again.
9792 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009793 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009794 {
9795 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009796 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009797 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9798 flags);
9799 recursive = FALSE;
9800 return i;
9801 }
9802#endif
9803 }
9804
9805 /*
9806 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9807 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9808 * the pattern.
9809 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9810 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9811 */
9812 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009813 {
9814#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009815 if ((flags & EW_PATH)
9816 && !mch_isFullName(p)
9817 && !(p[0] == '.'
9818 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1])
9819 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2]))))
9820 )
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009821 {
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009822 /* :find completion where 'path' is used.
9823 * Recursiveness is OK here. */
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009824 recursive = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009825 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009826 recursive = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009827 did_expand_in_path = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009828 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009829 else
9830#endif
9831 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9832 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009833 }
9834
9835 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9836 {
9837 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9838
9839#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9840 slash_to_colon(t);
9841#endif
9842 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9843 * "vim c:/" work. */
9844 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9845 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9846 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9847 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9848 vim_free(t);
9849 }
9850
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009851#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009852 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH))
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009853 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9854#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009855 if (p != pat[i])
9856 vim_free(p);
9857 }
9858
9859 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9860 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9861
9862 recursive = FALSE;
9863
9864 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9865}
9866
9867# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9868
9869/*
9870 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9871 */
9872 static int
9873vim_backtick(p)
9874 char_u *p;
9875{
9876 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9877}
9878
9879/*
9880 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9881 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9882 * Returns number of file names found.
9883 */
9884 static int
9885expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9886 garray_T *gap;
9887 char_u *pat;
9888 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9889{
9890 char_u *p;
9891 char_u *cmd;
9892 char_u *buffer;
9893 int cnt = 0;
9894 int i;
9895
9896 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9897 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9898 if (cmd == NULL)
9899 return 0;
9900
9901#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9902 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009903 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009904 else
9905#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009906 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9907 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009908 vim_free(cmd);
9909 if (buffer == NULL)
9910 return 0;
9911
9912 cmd = buffer;
9913 while (*cmd != NUL)
9914 {
9915 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9916 p = cmd;
9917 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9918 ++p;
9919 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9920 if (p > cmd)
9921 {
9922 i = *p;
9923 *p = NUL;
9924 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9925 *p = i;
9926 ++cnt;
9927 }
9928 cmd = p;
9929 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9930 ++cmd;
9931 }
9932
9933 vim_free(buffer);
9934 return cnt;
9935}
9936# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9937
9938/*
9939 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9940 * EW_DIR add directories
9941 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009942 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009943 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9944 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9945 */
9946 void
9947addfile(gap, f, flags)
9948 garray_T *gap;
9949 char_u *f; /* filename */
9950 int flags;
9951{
9952 char_u *p;
9953 int isdir;
9954
9955 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9956 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9957 return;
9958
9959#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9960 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9961 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9962 return;
9963#endif
9964
9965 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9966 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9967 return;
9968
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009969 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9970 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9971 return;
9972
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009973 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9974 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9975 return;
9976
9977 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9978 if (p == NULL)
9979 return;
9980
9981 STRCPY(p, f);
9982#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9983 slash_adjust(p);
9984#endif
9985 /*
9986 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9987 */
9988#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9989 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9990 add_pathsep(p);
9991#endif
9992 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009993}
9994#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9995
9996#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9997
9998#ifndef SEEK_SET
9999# define SEEK_SET 0
10000#endif
10001#ifndef SEEK_END
10002# define SEEK_END 2
10003#endif
10004
10005/*
10006 * Get the stdout of an external command.
10007 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
10008 */
10009 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010010get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010011 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010012 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010013 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
10014{
10015 char_u *tempname;
10016 char_u *command;
10017 char_u *buffer = NULL;
10018 int len;
10019 int i = 0;
10020 FILE *fd;
10021
10022 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
10023 return NULL;
10024
10025 /* get a name for the temp file */
10026 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
10027 {
10028 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
10029 return NULL;
10030 }
10031
10032 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010033 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010034 if (command == NULL)
10035 goto done;
10036
10037 /*
10038 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
10039 * Don't check timestamps here.
10040 */
10041 ++no_check_timestamps;
10042 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
10043 --no_check_timestamps;
10044
10045 vim_free(command);
10046
10047 /*
10048 * read the names from the file into memory
10049 */
10050# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +000010051 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010052 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
10053# else
10054 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
10055# endif
10056
10057 if (fd == NULL)
10058 {
10059 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
10060 goto done;
10061 }
10062
10063 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
10064 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
10065 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
10066
10067 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
10068 if (buffer != NULL)
10069 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
10070 fclose(fd);
10071 mch_remove(tempname);
10072 if (buffer == NULL)
10073 goto done;
10074#ifdef VMS
10075 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
10076#endif
10077 if (i != len)
10078 {
10079 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
10080 vim_free(buffer);
10081 buffer = NULL;
10082 }
10083 else
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +020010084 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010085
10086done:
10087 vim_free(tempname);
10088 return buffer;
10089}
10090#endif
10091
10092/*
10093 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
10094 * functions.
10095 */
10096 void
10097FreeWild(count, files)
10098 int count;
10099 char_u **files;
10100{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +000010101 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010102 return;
10103#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
10104 /*
10105 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
10106 * been used???
10107 */
10108 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
10109#else
10110 while (count--)
10111 vim_free(files[count]);
10112 vim_free(files);
10113#endif
10114}
10115
10116/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +020010117 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010118 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
10119 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
10120 */
10121 int
10122goto_im()
10123{
10124 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
10125}